]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Prefer directed to neutral quotes
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21799 41767 31221 635000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21814 9129
69 ;;;;;; 380496 997000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21670 32331
89 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21855 577
100 ;;;;;; 357945 168000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21942 1330 829986
112 ;;;;;; 820000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21895 57521
242 ;;;;;; 590301 332000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21948 40114 174686 453000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21907 48688 645360 195000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21855
841 ;;;;;; 576 417950 874000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21948 40114 314686
900 ;;;;;; 453000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21670 32331 385639
922 ;;;;;; 720000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21670 32330 885624
955 ;;;;;; 725000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21670
982 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21880 42526 275119
1019 ;;;;;; 615000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21905 6960 85493 11000))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1042
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1047
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1050
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1052
1053 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1059
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 variables, not just user options.
1062
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1064
1065 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1069
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1071
1072 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1073
1074 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1080
1081 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1082 noninteractive functions.
1083
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1086
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1089
1090 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1091
1092 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1094
1095 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1096
1097 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1101
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1106
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1109
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1111
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113
1114 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1119
1120 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1121
1122 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1128
1129 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1132
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1134
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1136
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1143
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1145 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1148
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1150
1151 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1152
1153 ;;;***
1154 \f
1155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21878 48426 204093
1156 ;;;;;; 508000))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1158
1159 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1165
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1169
1170 \\{archive-mode-map}
1171
1172 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1173
1174 ;;;***
1175 \f
1176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1178
1179 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1180 Major mode for editing arrays.
1181
1182 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1183 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1184 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1185
1186 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1187
1188 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1189 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1190 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1191
1192 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1193 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1194 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1195 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1196 The variables are:
1197
1198 Variables you assign:
1199 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1200 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1201 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1202 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1203 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1204 row numbers in the buffer.
1205
1206 Variables which are calculated:
1207 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1208 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1209
1210 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1211 take a numeric prefix argument):
1212
1213 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1214 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1215 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1216 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1217
1218 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1219 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1220 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1221 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1222
1223 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1225 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1227
1228 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1229 between that of point and mark.
1230
1231 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1232 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1233
1234 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1235 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1236 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1237 newlines inside rows)
1238
1239 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1240
1241 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1242
1243 \(fn)" t nil)
1244
1245 ;;;***
1246 \f
1247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21906 58826
1248 ;;;;;; 78640 200000))
1249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1250 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1251
1252 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1253 Toggle Artist mode.
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1257
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1259
1260 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1261
1262
1263 How to submit a bug report
1264
1265 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1266
1267
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1269
1270 mouse-2
1271 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1273 below).
1274
1275 mouse-1
1276 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1277 or pastes:
1278
1279 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1282 to new point
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1299 lines
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Paste Paste Paste
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309
1310 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1311 or diagonally.
1312
1313 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1314 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1315 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1317 poly-lines.
1318
1319 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321 overwrite means the opposite.
1322
1323 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1325 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1326
1327 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1328
1329 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1331
1332 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334 are currently drawing something.
1335
1336 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1337 some time to fill.
1338
1339
1340 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1341 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1342
1343
1344 Settings
1345
1346 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1347
1348 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1349
1350 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1351
1352 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1353
1354 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1356
1357 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1358
1359
1360 Drawing with keys
1361
1362 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1363 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1364 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1365 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367 When pasting: Pastes
1368
1369 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1370
1371 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1372
1373 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1374 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1375 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1376 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1377 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1378 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1379
1380
1381 Arrows
1382
1383 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1384 of the line/poly-line
1385
1386 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1387 of the line/poly-line
1388
1389
1390 Selecting operation
1391
1392 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1393
1394 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1395 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1397 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1398 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1401 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1411 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1413 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1414
1415
1416 Variables
1417
1418 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1419 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1420
1421 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1423 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1424 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1427 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1428 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1430 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1434 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1438 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1439 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1440
1441 Hooks
1442
1443 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1444
1445
1446 Keymap summary
1447
1448 \\{artist-mode-map}
1449
1450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1451
1452 ;;;***
1453 \f
1454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21670 32331
1455 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1457
1458 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1461
1462 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1466
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1468 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1469
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1472
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1474
1475 Special commands:
1476 \\{asm-mode-map}
1477
1478 \(fn)" t nil)
1479
1480 ;;;***
1481 \f
1482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21670
1483 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1485
1486 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1489 let-binding.")
1490
1491 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1492
1493 ;;;***
1494 \f
1495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21670 32330 885624
1496 ;;;;;; 725000))
1497 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1498
1499 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1500 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1501 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1502
1503 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1504
1505 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1506 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1510
1511 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1512 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1513 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1514 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1515 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1516 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1517 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1518 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1519
1520 For example:
1521 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1522 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1523 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1524 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1525 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1526
1527 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1528
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1530
1531 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1532 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1533 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1536 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1537
1538 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1539
1540 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1541 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1543 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1545
1546 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1547 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1548 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1549
1550 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1551
1552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1553
1554 ;;;***
1555 \f
1556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21670 32331
1557 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1559
1560 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1561 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1562
1563 \(fn)" t nil)
1564
1565 ;;;***
1566 \f
1567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21670 32330 885624
1568 ;;;;;; 725000))
1569 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1570
1571 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1572 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1573 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1574
1575 \(fn)" t nil)
1576
1577 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1580 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1581
1582 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1583
1584 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1585 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1586 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1589 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1590
1591 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1592
1593 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1594 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1596 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1597 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1598
1599 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1600 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1601
1602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1603
1604 ;;;***
1605 \f
1606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21935
1607 ;;;;;; 28080 450075 956000))
1608 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1609
1610 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1611
1612 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613
1614 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1615
1616 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1617 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1618 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1619
1620 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1621 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1622 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1623 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1624 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1625
1626 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1627
1628 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1629
1630 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1631 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1632 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1633 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1634 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1635
1636 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1637 directory or directories specified.
1638
1639 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1640 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1641 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1642 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1643 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1644 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1645
1646 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1647
1648 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1649 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1650 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1651 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1652 should be non-nil).
1653
1654 \(fn)" nil nil)
1655
1656 ;;;***
1657 \f
1658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21928 54832 51662
1659 ;;;;;; 924000))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1661
1662 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1663 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1665 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1666 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1667
1668 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1669 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1670 disk changes.
1671
1672 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1674 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1675
1676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1677
1678 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1679 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1680
1681 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1682 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1683
1684 \(fn)" nil nil)
1685
1686 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1687 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1689 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1690 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1691
1692 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1693 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1694 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1695 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1696 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1697
1698 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1699 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1700 writing before you save the file!
1701
1702 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1703
1704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1705
1706 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1707 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1708
1709 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1710 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1711
1712 \(fn)" nil nil)
1713
1714 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1715 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1716 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1719 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1720
1721 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1722
1723 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1724 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1726 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1727 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1728
1729 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1730 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1731 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1732
1733 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1734 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1735 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1736 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1737 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1738
1739 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1740 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1741 specifies in the mode line.
1742
1743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1744
1745 ;;;***
1746 \f
1747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1748 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1749
1750 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1751 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1752 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1753 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1754 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1755
1756 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1757
1758 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1759 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1760 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1761 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1762
1763 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1764 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1765 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1766
1767 Effects of the different modes:
1768 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1769 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1770 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1771 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1772 a random distance & direction.
1773 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1774 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1775 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1776
1777 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1778 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1779 definition of \"random distance\".)
1780
1781 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1782
1783 ;;;***
1784 \f
1785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21670 32331
1786 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1788
1789 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1790
1791 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1792 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1793
1794 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1795 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1796 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1797
1798 \\{bat-mode-map}
1799
1800 \(fn)" t nil)
1801
1802 ;;;***
1803 \f
1804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21754 56896 744606
1805 ;;;;;; 568000))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1807 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1808
1809 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1810 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1811 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1812 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1813
1814 \(fn)" t nil)
1815
1816 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1817 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1818 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1821 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1822
1823 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1824
1825 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1826 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1828 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1829 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1830
1831 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1832 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1833 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1834 seconds.
1835
1836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1837
1838 ;;;***
1839 \f
1840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21670
1841 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1843
1844 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1845 Time execution of FORMS.
1846 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1847 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1848 FORMS once.
1849 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1850 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1851 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1852
1853 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1854
1855 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1856
1857 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1858 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1859 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1860 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1861 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1862
1863 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864
1865 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866
1867 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1868 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1869 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1870 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1871 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1872
1873 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1874
1875 ;;;***
1876 \f
1877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21948 40114
1878 ;;;;;; 506686 453000))
1879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1880
1881 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1882 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1883 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1884 of corresponding buffers.
1885 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1886 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1887 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1888 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1889 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1890
1891 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1892 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1893 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1894
1895 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1896
1897 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1898 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1899
1900 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1901
1902 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1903 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1904 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1905 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906
1907 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1908 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1909 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1910 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1911 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1912
1913 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1914 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1915
1916
1917 Special information:
1918
1919 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1920
1921 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1922 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1923 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1924 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1925 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1926 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1927 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1930 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1931 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1932
1933 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1934 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1935 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1936 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1937 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1938 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1939 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1940 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1941
1942 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1943
1944 ----------------------------------------------------------
1945 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1946 if that value is non-nil.
1947
1948 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1949
1950 \(fn)" t nil)
1951
1952 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1953 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1954 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1955 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1956 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1957 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1958 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1959 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1960 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1961 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1962 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1963 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1964
1965 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1966
1967 ;;;***
1968 \f
1969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1970 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 885635 586000))
1971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1972
1973 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1974 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1975
1976 \(fn)" t nil)
1977
1978 ;;;***
1979 \f
1980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21670 32331 385639
1981 ;;;;;; 720000))
1982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1983
1984 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1985 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1986
1987 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1988 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1989 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1990
1991 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1992
1993 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1994 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1995
1996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1997
1998 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1999 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2000
2001 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2002
2003 ;;;***
2004 \f
2005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21670 32331
2006 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2008
2009 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2010 Play blackbox.
2011 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2012
2013 What is blackbox?
2014
2015 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2016 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2017 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2018 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2019 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2020 your score.
2021
2022 Overview of play:
2023
2024 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2025 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2026 four.
2027
2028 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2029 movement keys.
2030
2031 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2032 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2033
2034 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2035 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2036
2037 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2038 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2039 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2040 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2041 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2042 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2043
2044 Details:
2045
2046 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2047
2048 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2049 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2050 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2051 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2052
2053 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2054 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2055 denoted by the letter `R'.
2056
2057 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2058 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2059 denoted by the letter `H'.
2060
2061 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2062 example.
2063
2064 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2065 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2066 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2067 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2068 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2069 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2070 ray.
2071
2072 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2073 degree deflection it causes.
2074
2075 1
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2079 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2084 2 3
2085
2086 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2087 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2088
2089
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2098
2099 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2100 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2101 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2102 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2103 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2104 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2105 emerging from the box.
2106
2107 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2108
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2114 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117
2118 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2119 a reflection.
2120
2121 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2122
2123 ;;;***
2124 \f
2125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21798 49947 232670
2126 ;;;;;; 676000))
2127 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2131
2132 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2133 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2134 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2135 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2136 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2137 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2138 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2139
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2141 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2142 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2143
2144 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2145 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2146 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2147 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2148 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2149 recent one.
2150
2151 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2152 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2153 yank successive words.
2154
2155 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2156 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2157 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2158 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2159 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2160
2161 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2162 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2163 the list of bookmarks.)
2164
2165 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2166
2167 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2168 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2169 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2170 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2171 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2172 this.
2173
2174 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2175 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2176 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2177 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2178
2179 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2180 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2181
2182 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2183 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2184 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2185
2186 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2187
2188 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2189 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2190
2191 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2192
2193 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2194 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2195
2196 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2197 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2198 after a bookmark was set in it.
2199
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2201
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2203 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2204
2205 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2206 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2207
2208 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2209
2210 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2211
2212 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2213 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2214 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2215 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2216
2217 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2218 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2219 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2220
2221 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2222 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2223 name.
2224
2225 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2226
2227 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2228 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2229 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2230
2231 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2232 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2233 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2234 this.
2235
2236 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2237
2238 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2239 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2240
2241 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2242 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2243 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2244 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2245 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2246 probably because we were called from there.
2247
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2249
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2251 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2252
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2254
2255 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2256
2257 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2258 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2259 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2260 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2261 \(second argument).
2262
2263 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2264 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2265 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2266 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2267 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2268
2269 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2270 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2271 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2272 `bookmark-default-file'.
2273
2274 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2275
2276 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2277 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2278 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2279 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2280 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2281 while loading.
2282
2283 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2284 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2285 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2286 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2287 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2288 explicitly.
2289
2290 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2291 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2292 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2293
2294 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2295
2296 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2297 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2298 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2299 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2300 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2301
2302 \(fn)" t nil)
2303
2304 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2305
2306 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2307
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2309 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2310
2311 \(fn)" t nil)
2312
2313 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2314
2315 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2316
2317 ;;;***
2318 \f
2319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21811 32939
2320 ;;;;;; 190503 320000))
2321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2322
2323 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2324 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2325 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2326 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2327
2328 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2329 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2330 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2331 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2332 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2333
2334 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2335
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2338 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2339 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2340 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2341 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2342
2343 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2344
2345 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2347 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2348 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2349 narrowed.
2350
2351 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2352
2353 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2354 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2355
2356 \(fn)" t nil)
2357
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2360
2361 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2362
2363 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2366 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2367 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2368 first, if that exists.
2369
2370 Passes any ARGS to the browser function.
2371 The default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2372
2373 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2374
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2377 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2378 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2379 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2380
2381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2382
2383 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2384 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2385 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2386 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2387 says which browser to use.
2388
2389 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2390
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2392 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2393 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2394 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2395
2396 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2397
2398 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2400 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2401 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2402
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2405 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2406 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407
2408 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2409 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2410 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2411
2412 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2413 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2414
2415 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2416
2417 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2418
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2421 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2422 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2423
2424 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2425 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2426 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2427 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2428
2429 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2430 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2431 new tab in an existing window instead.
2432
2433 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2434 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435
2436 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2437
2438 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2439 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2440 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2441 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2442
2443 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2444 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2445 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446
2447 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2448 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2449 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2450
2451 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2452 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2455
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2457 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2458 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2459 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2460 Chromium.
2461
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2467 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2468
2469 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2470 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2471 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2472 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2473
2474 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2475 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2476 new tab in an existing window instead.
2477
2478 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2479 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2480
2481 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2482
2483 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2484
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2487
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2489
2490 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2491 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2492 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2493 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2494
2495 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2496 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2497 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2498 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499
2500 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2501 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2504
2505 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2506
2507 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2509
2510 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2511 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2512 program is invoked according to the variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2514
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2519
2520 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2521 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2524
2525 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2526
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2530
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2534
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544
2545 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2546
2547 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2548 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2549 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2550 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2551
2552 When called interactively, if variable
2553 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2554 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2555 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2556 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2557
2558 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2559 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2560 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2561
2562 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2563 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2564
2565 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2566
2567 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2568 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2569 Default to the URL around or before point.
2570
2571 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2572 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2573 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2574
2575 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2576 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2577
2578 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2579
2580 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2581 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2582 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2583 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2584
2585 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2586
2587 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2588
2589 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2590 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2591 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2592 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2593 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2594 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2595
2596 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2597
2598 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2599 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2600 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2601 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2602 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2603
2604 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2605 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2606 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2607 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2608
2609 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2610 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2611
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2613
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2615 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2616 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2617 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2618 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2619 current one.
2620
2621 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2622 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2623 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2624 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2625
2626 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2627 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2628
2629 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2630
2631 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2632 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2633 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2634 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2635 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2636 don't offer a form of remote control.
2637
2638 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2639
2640 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2641 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2642 Default to the URL around or before point.
2643
2644 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2645
2646 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2647 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2648 Default to the URL around the point.
2649
2650 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2651 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2652
2653 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2654 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2655
2656 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2657
2658 ;;;***
2659 \f
2660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
2661 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2662 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2663
2664 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2665 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2666 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2667 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2668
2669 \(fn)" t nil)
2670
2671 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2672 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2673 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2674 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2675
2676 \(fn)" t nil)
2677
2678 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2679 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2680
2681 \(fn)" t nil)
2682
2683 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2684 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2685 \\<bs-mode-map>
2686 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2687 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2688 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2689 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2690
2691 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2692 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2693 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2694 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2695 name of buffer configuration.
2696
2697 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2698
2699 ;;;***
2700 \f
2701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21670 32331 385639
2702 ;;;;;; 720000))
2703 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2704
2705 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2706 Play Bubbles game.
2707 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2708 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2709 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2710 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2711 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2712 columns on its right towards the left.
2713
2714 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2715 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2716 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2717 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2718
2719 \(fn)" t nil)
2720
2721 ;;;***
2722 \f
2723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2724 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
2725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2726
2727 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2728
2729 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2730 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2732 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2733 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2734
2735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2736
2737 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2738 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2739
2740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2741
2742 ;;;***
2743 \f
2744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21888
2745 ;;;;;; 49772 464181 796000))
2746 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2747 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2748 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2749 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2750
2751 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2752
2753 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2754 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2755 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2756 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2757 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2758 else the global value will be modified.
2759
2760 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2761
2762 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2763 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2764 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2765 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2766 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2767 else the global value will be modified.
2768
2769 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2770
2771 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2772 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2773 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2774
2775 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2778 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2779 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2780 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2781
2782 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2783 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2784 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2785 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2786 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2787 before scanning it.
2788
2789 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2790 that already has a `.elc' file.
2791
2792 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2793 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2794
2795 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2796 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2797 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2798 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2799 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2800 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2801
2802 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2803
2804 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2805 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2806 Print the result in the echo area.
2807 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2808
2809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2810
2811 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2812 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2813 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2814
2815 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2816
2817 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2818 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2819 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2820 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2821 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2822 all functions called by those functions.
2823
2824 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2825 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2826 cons, etc.).
2827
2828 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2829 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2830 invoked interactively.
2831
2832 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2833
2834 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2835 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2836 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2837 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2838
2839 \(fn)" nil nil)
2840
2841 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2842 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2843 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2844 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2845 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2846 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2847 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2848 already up-to-date.
2849
2850 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2851
2852 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2853 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2854 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2855 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2856
2857 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2858 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2859 and corresponding effects.
2860
2861 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2862
2863 ;;;***
2864 \f
2865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21670
2866 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2867 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2868
2869 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2870
2871 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2872
2873 ;;;***
2874 \f
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21670 32330
2876 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2878
2879 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2880
2881 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2882
2883 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2884
2885 ;;;***
2886 \f
2887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21670
2888 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2889 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2890
2891 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2892 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2893 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2894 from the cursor position.
2895
2896 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2897
2898 ;;;***
2899 \f
2900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21855 576 517945 858000))
2901 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2902 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2903
2904 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2905 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2906
2907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2908
2909 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2910 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2911
2912 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2913
2914 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2915 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2916
2917 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2918
2919 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2920 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2921 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2922 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2923
2924 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2925
2926 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2927 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2928 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2929 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2930
2931 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2932
2933 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2934 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2935 This is most useful in the X window system.
2936 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2937 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2938
2939 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2940
2941 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2942 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2943 See calc-keypad for details.
2944
2945 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2946
2947 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2948 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2949
2950 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2951
2952 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2953 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2954
2955 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2956
2957 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2958 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2959
2960 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2961
2962 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2963 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2964 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2965
2966 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2967
2968 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2969 Define Calc function.
2970
2971 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2972 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2973 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2974
2975 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2976 actual Lisp function name.
2977
2978 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2979
2980 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2981
2982 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2983
2984 ;;;***
2985 \f
2986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21670 32330
2987 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2988 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2989
2990 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2991
2992
2993 \(fn N)" t nil)
2994
2995 ;;;***
2996 \f
2997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21850 35126 597287
2998 ;;;;;; 693000))
2999 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3000
3001 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3002 Run the Emacs calculator.
3003 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3004
3005 \(fn)" t nil)
3006
3007 ;;;***
3008 \f
3009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21887 28943
3010 ;;;;;; 471667 16000))
3011 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3012
3013 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3014 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3015 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3016 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3017 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3018 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3019
3020 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3021 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3022 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3023 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3024 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3025 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3026 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3027 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3028 window.
3029
3030 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3031 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3032
3033 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3034 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3035 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3036 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3037 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3038 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3039
3040 Runs the following hooks:
3041
3042 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3043 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3044 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3045 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3046
3047 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3048
3049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3050
3051 ;;;***
3052 \f
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21852 24381 567240
3054 ;;;;;; 49000))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3056
3057 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3058 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3059
3060 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3061
3062 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3063 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3064 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3065 it fails.
3066
3067 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3068
3069 ;;;***
3070 \f
3071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21855
3072 ;;;;;; 577 387944 393000))
3073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3074
3075 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3076 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3077
3078 \(fn)" nil nil)
3079
3080 ;;;***
3081 \f
3082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21855 577
3083 ;;;;;; 397944 786000))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3085
3086 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3087 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3088
3089 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3090 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3091
3092 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3093 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3094
3095 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3096
3097 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3098 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3099 made from scratch.
3100
3101 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3102
3103 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3104 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3105
3106 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3107 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3108 made from scratch.
3109
3110 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3111
3112 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3113 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3114
3115 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3116
3117 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3118 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3119 made from scratch.
3120
3121 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3122
3123 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3125
3126 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3127 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3128 made from scratch.
3129
3130 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3131
3132 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3134
3135 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3136
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3140
3141 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3142
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3145
3146 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3147 variables are guessed:
3148
3149 * `c-basic-offset', and
3150 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3151 `c-offsets-alist'.
3152
3153 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3154 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3155
3156 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3157 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3158
3159 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3160 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3161 guess is made from scratch.
3162
3163 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3164 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3165
3166 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3167
3168 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3169 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3170 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3171 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3172
3173 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3174 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3175 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3176
3177 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3178
3179 ;;;***
3180 \f
3181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21861 39358
3182 ;;;;;; 537945 535000))
3183 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3184
3185 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3186 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3187 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3188 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3189 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3190 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3191 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3192
3193 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3194 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3196 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3197 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3202
3203 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3204 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3205 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3206 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3207 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3208 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3209
3210 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3211
3212 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3213 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3214
3215 Key bindings:
3216 \\{c-mode-map}
3217
3218 \(fn)" t nil)
3219
3220 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3221 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3222 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3223 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3224 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3225 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3226 message.
3227
3228 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3229
3230 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3231 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3232
3233 Key bindings:
3234 \\{c++-mode-map}
3235
3236 \(fn)" t nil)
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3238
3239 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3240 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3241 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3242 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3243 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3244 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3245 message.
3246
3247 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3248
3249 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3250 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3251
3252 Key bindings:
3253 \\{objc-mode-map}
3254
3255 \(fn)" t nil)
3256 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3257
3258 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3259 Major mode for editing Java code.
3260 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3261 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3262 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3263 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3264 message.
3265
3266 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3267
3268 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3269 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3270
3271 Key bindings:
3272 \\{java-mode-map}
3273
3274 \(fn)" t nil)
3275 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3276
3277 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3278 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3279 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3280 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3281 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3282 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3283 message.
3284
3285 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3286
3287 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3288 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3289
3290 Key bindings:
3291 \\{idl-mode-map}
3292
3293 \(fn)" t nil)
3294 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3295 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3296
3297 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3298 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3299 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3300 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3301 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3302 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3303 message.
3304
3305 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3306
3307 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3308 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3309
3310 Key bindings:
3311 \\{pike-mode-map}
3312
3313 \(fn)" t nil)
3314 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3315 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3316 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3317 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3318 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3319
3320 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3321 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3322 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3323 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3324 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3325 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3326
3327 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3328
3329 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3330 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3331
3332 Key bindings:
3333 \\{awk-mode-map}
3334
3335 \(fn)" t nil)
3336
3337 ;;;***
3338 \f
3339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21670
3340 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3342
3343 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3344 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3345 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3346 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3347
3348 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3349
3350 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3351 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3352 might get set too.
3353
3354 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3355 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3356 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3357 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3358 in this way.
3359
3360 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3361 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3362 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3363 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3364 a null operation.
3365
3366 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3367
3368 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3369 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3370 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3371 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3372
3373 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3374
3375 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3376 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3377 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3378
3379 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3380
3381 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3382 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3383 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3384 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3385 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3386
3387 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3388
3389 ;;;***
3390 \f
3391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21670 32331
3392 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
3393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3394 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3395 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3396 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3397
3398 ;;;***
3399 \f
3400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21682 23484 726747
3401 ;;;;;; 991000))
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3403
3404 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3405 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3406
3407 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3408
3409 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3410 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3411
3412 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3413
3414 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3415 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3416
3417 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3418 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3419 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3420 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3421 execution.
3422
3423 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3424
3425 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3426
3427 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3428 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3429
3430 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3431 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3432 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3433 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3434
3435 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3436 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3437 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3438 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3439 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3440 `write' commands.
3441
3442 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3443 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3444 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3445 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3446
3447 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3448 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3449 semantics.
3450
3451 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3452
3453 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3454
3455 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3456
3457 STATEMENT :=
3458 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3459 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3460
3461 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3462 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3463 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3464 | integer
3465
3466 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3467
3468 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3469 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3470 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3471
3472 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3473 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3474 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3475
3476 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3477
3478 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3479 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3480 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3481 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3482 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3483 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3484 ;; last STATEMENT.
3485 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3486
3487 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3488 BREAK := (break)
3489
3490 REPEAT :=
3491 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3492 (repeat)
3493 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3494 ;; (repeat))
3495 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3496 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3497 ;; (read REG)
3498 ;; (repeat))
3499 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3500 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3501 ;; (read REG)
3502 ;; (repeat))
3503 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3504
3505 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3506 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3507 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3508 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3509 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3510 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3511 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3512 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3513 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3514 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3515 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3516 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3517 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3518 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3519 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3520 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3521
3522 WRITE :=
3523 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3524 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3525 ;; representation.
3526 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3527 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3528 ;; (write r7))
3529 | (write EXPRESSION)
3530 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3531 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3532 ;; representation.
3533 | (write integer)
3534 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3535 ;; buffer.
3536 | (write string)
3537 ;; Same as: (write string)
3538 | string
3539 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3540 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3541 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3542 ;; representation.
3543 | (write REG ARRAY)
3544 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3545 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3546 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3547 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3548 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3549 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3550
3551 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3552 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3553
3554 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3555 END := (end)
3556
3557 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3558 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3559 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3560
3561 ARG := REG | integer
3562
3563 OPERATOR :=
3564 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3565 + | - | * | / | %
3566
3567 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3568 | & | `|' | ^
3569
3570 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3571 | << | >>
3572
3573 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3574 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3575 | <8
3576
3577 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3578 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3579 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3580 | >8
3581
3582 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3583 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3584 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3585 | //
3586
3587 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3588 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3589
3590 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3591 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3592 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3593 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3594 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3595 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3596 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3597 | de-sjis
3598
3599 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3600 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3601 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3602 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3603 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3604 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3605 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3606 ;; byte of SJIS.
3607 | en-sjis
3608
3609 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3610 ;; Same meaning as C code
3611 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3612
3613 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3614 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3615 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3616 | <8=
3617
3618 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3619 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3620 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3621
3622 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3623 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3624 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3625 | //=
3626
3627 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3628
3629
3630 TRANSLATE :=
3631 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3632 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3633 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3634 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3635 ;; respectively.
3636 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3637 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3638 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3639 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3640
3641 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3642 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3643 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3644
3645 LOOKUP :=
3646 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3647 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3648 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3649 ;; respectively.
3650 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3651 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3652 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3653
3654 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3655 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3656 ;; REG.
3657 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3658 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3659 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3660
3661 MAP :=
3662 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3663 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3664 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3665 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3666
3667 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3668 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3669 MAP-ID := integer
3670
3671 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3672
3673 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3674
3675 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3676 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3677 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3678 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3679 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3680 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3681
3682 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3683
3684 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3685 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3686 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3687
3688 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3689
3690 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3691
3692 ;;;***
3693 \f
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21716 41663
3695 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
3696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3697
3698 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3699 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3700 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3701 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3702
3703 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3704
3705 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3706
3707 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3708 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3709
3710 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3711
3712 ;;;***
3713 \f
3714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21670 32330 885624
3715 ;;;;;; 725000))
3716 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3717 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3718
3719 ;;;***
3720 \f
3721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21931 31023
3722 ;;;;;; 757164 572000))
3723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3724 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3725
3726 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3727 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3728 There are no special keybindings by default.
3729
3730 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3731 to the action header.
3732
3733 \(fn)" t nil)
3734
3735 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3736 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3737 There are no special keybindings by default.
3738
3739 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3740 to the action header.
3741
3742 \(fn)" t nil)
3743
3744 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3745 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3746
3747 \(fn)" t nil)
3748
3749 ;;;***
3750 \f
3751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (21914
3752 ;;;;;; 21937 447876 215000))
3753 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3754
3755 (defvar character-fold-search t "\
3756 Non-nil if searches should fold similar characters.
3757 This means some characters will match entire groups of characters.
3758 For instance, \" will match all variants of double quotes, and
3759 the letter a will match all of its accented versions (and then
3760 some).")
3761
3762 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3763 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3764 If `character-fold-search' is nil, `regexp-quote' string.
3765 Otherwise, any character in STRING that has an entry in
3766 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3767 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3768 If LAX is non-nil, any single whitespace character is allowed to
3769 match any number of times.
3770
3771 \(fn STRING &optional LAX)" nil nil)
3772
3773 ;;;***
3774 \f
3775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21841 54062
3776 ;;;;;; 162628 940000))
3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3778 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3779
3780 ;;;***
3781 \f
3782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3783 ;;;;;; (21888 49792 712181 796000))
3784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3785
3786 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3787 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3788 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3789
3790 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3791
3792 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3793 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3794 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3795
3796 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3797
3798 ;;;***
3799 \f
3800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21948
3801 ;;;;;; 40114 230686 453000))
3802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3803 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3804 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3805 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3806 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3807 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3808 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3809 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3810 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3811 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3812
3813 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3814 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3815
3816 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3817 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3818 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3819
3820 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3821 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3822 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3823 the users will view as each check is completed.
3824
3825 \(fn)" t nil)
3826
3827 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3828 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3829 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3830 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3831 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3832 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3833 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3834 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3835
3836 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3837
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3839 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3840 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3841 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3842 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3843 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3844 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3845 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3846
3847 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3848
3849 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3850 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3851 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3852 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3853 spacing are all verified.
3854
3855 \(fn)" t nil)
3856
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3858 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3859 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3860 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3861 otherwise stop after the first error.
3862
3863 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3864
3865 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3866 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3867
3868 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3869
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3871 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3872 Only documentation strings are checked.
3873 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3874 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3875 a separate buffer.
3876
3877 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3878
3879 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3880 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3881 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3882 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3883 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3884
3885 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3886
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3888 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3889 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3890 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3891 if there is one.
3892
3893 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3894
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3896 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3897 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3898 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3899 if there is one.
3900 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3901
3902 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3903
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3905 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3906 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3907
3908 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3909
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3911 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3912 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3913 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3914 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3915
3916 \(fn)" t nil)
3917
3918 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3919 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3920 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3921 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3922 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3923 space at the end of each line.
3924
3925 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3926
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3929 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3931
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3933
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3938
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3945
3946 \(fn)" t nil)
3947
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3952
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3954
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3956 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3957 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3958 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3959
3960 \(fn)" t nil)
3961
3962 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3963 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3964 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3965 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3966
3967 \(fn)" t nil)
3968
3969 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3970 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3971 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3972 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3973
3974 \(fn)" t nil)
3975
3976 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3977 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3978 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3979 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3980
3981 \(fn)" t nil)
3982
3983 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3984 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3985 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3986 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3987
3988 \(fn)" t nil)
3989
3990 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3991 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3992 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3993 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3994 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3995
3996 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3997 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3998 checking of documentation strings.
3999
4000 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4001
4002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4003
4004 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4005 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4006
4007 \(fn)" t nil)
4008
4009 ;;;***
4010 \f
4011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21670
4012 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
4013 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4014
4015 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4016 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4017 Return the length of resulting text.
4018
4019 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4020
4021 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4022 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4023
4024 \(fn)" t nil)
4025
4026 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4027 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4028 Return the length of resulting text.
4029
4030 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4031
4032 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4033 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4034
4035 \(fn)" t nil)
4036
4037 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4038
4039
4040 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4041
4042 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4043
4044
4045 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4046
4047 ;;;***
4048 \f
4049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
4050 ;;;;;; 725000))
4051 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4052
4053 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4054 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4055 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4056 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4057 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4058 editing and the result is evaluated.
4059
4060 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4061
4062 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4063 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4064 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4065 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4066 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4067
4068 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4069
4070 \(fn)" t nil)
4071
4072 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4073 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4074 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4075 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4076 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4077
4078 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4079 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4080 \\{command-history-map}
4081
4082 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4083 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4084
4085 \(fn)" t nil)
4086
4087 ;;;***
4088 \f
4089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21901
4090 ;;;;;; 9907 369083 895000))
4091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4092
4093 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4094 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4095 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4096 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4097 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4098 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4099 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4100 of this function.
4101
4102 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4103 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4104 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4105 property are:
4106
4107 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4108 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4109
4110 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4111 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4112 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4113 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4114 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4115 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4116 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4117 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4118 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4119 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4120 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4121 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4122
4123 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4124 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4125 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4126
4127 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4128 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4129 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4130 list elements are:
4131
4132 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4133
4134 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4135
4136 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4137
4138 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4139 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4140
4141 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4142 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4143
4144 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4145 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4146 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4147 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4148 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4149 value specified by their associated list element.
4150
4151 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4152
4153 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4154 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4155 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4156
4157 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4158 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4159 * indent the first argument by 4.
4160 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4161 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4162 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4163
4164 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4165 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4166 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4167 instead.
4168
4169 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4170
4171 ;;;***
4172 \f
4173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21903 51634
4174 ;;;;;; 278370 580000))
4175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4176 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4177
4178 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4179
4180 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4181 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4182 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4183 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4184 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4185 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4186
4187 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4188 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4189
4190 ;;;***
4191 \f
4192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21828 42028
4193 ;;;;;; 650494 471000))
4194 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4195
4196 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4197 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4198 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4199 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4200
4201 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4202 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4203 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4204 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4205
4206 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4207 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4208
4209 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4210
4211 ;;;***
4212 \f
4213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21887 31417 144735
4214 ;;;;;; 656000))
4215 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4216
4217 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4218 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4219 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4220 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4221 of `scheme-program-name').
4222 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4223 it is given as initial input.
4224 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4225 discards input when it starts up.
4226 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4227 is run).
4228 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4229
4230 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4231
4232 ;;;***
4233 \f
4234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
4235 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4236
4237 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4238 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4239 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4240 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4241
4242 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4243 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4244
4245 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4246 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4247 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4248
4249 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4250
4251 ;;;***
4252 \f
4253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21810 12071 401207 648000))
4254 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4255
4256 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4257 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4258 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4259 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4260 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4261 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4262 functions have already modified the buffer.
4263
4264 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4265
4266 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4267 either globally or locally.")
4268
4269 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4270 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4271 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4272 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4273
4274 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4275 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4276 `start-file-process'
4277 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4278 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4279 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4280
4281 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4282 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4283
4284 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4285
4286 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4287
4288 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4289
4290 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4291 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4292 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4293 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4294 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4295 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4296 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4297 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4298 process as its initial input.
4299
4300 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4301
4302 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4303
4304 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4305
4306 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4307 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4308 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4309 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4310 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4311 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4312
4313 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4314
4315 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4316
4317 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4318 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4319 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4320 directory tracking functions.")
4321
4322 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4323 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4324 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4325
4326 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4327
4328 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4329
4330 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4331 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4332 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4333
4334 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4335
4336 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4337
4338 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4339 Send COMMAND to current process.
4340 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4341 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4342
4343 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4344
4345 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4346 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4347 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4348 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4349
4350 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4351
4352 ;;;***
4353 \f
4354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21872 61770
4355 ;;;;;; 310089 300000))
4356 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4357
4358 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4359 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4360 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4361 to get another window.
4362
4363 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4364 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4365
4366 This command pushes the mark in each window
4367 at the prior location of point in that window.
4368 If both windows display the same buffer,
4369 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4370 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4371
4372 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4373 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4374 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4375 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4376 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4377 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4378 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4379 ignored.
4380
4381 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4382 this command work in interlaced mode:
4383 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4384 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4385 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4386
4387 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4388
4389 ;;;***
4390 \f
4391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21911 45744
4392 ;;;;;; 555516 371000))
4393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4394
4395 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4396 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4397
4398 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4399
4400 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4401 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4402 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4403
4404 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4405
4406 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4407 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4408 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4409
4410 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4411
4412 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4413 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4414 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4415 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4416 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4417
4418 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4419 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4420 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4421 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4422 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4423
4424 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4425 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4426 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4427 describing how the process finished.")
4428
4429 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4430 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4431 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4432 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4433 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4434
4435 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4436 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4437 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4438
4439 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4440
4441 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4442 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4443 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4444 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4445
4446 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4447
4448 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4449 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4450
4451 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4452 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4453
4454 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4455 (lambda ()
4456 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4457 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4458 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4459 (concat \"make -k \"
4460 (if buffer-file-name
4461 (shell-quote-argument
4462 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4463
4464 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4465 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4466
4467 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4468 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4469 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4470 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4471
4472 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4473
4474 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4475 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4476 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4477 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4478
4479 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4480 and move to the source code that caused it.
4481
4482 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4483 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4484
4485 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4486 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4487 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4488 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4489 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4490
4491 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4492 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4493 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4494 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4495
4496 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4497 kills its subprocesses.
4498
4499 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4500 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4501 to a function that generates a unique name.
4502
4503 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4504
4505 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4506 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4507 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4508 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4509
4510 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4511 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4512
4513 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4514 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4515 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4516 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4517
4518 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4519 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4520 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4521
4522 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4523
4524 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4525
4526 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4527 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4528 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4529 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4530 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4531
4532 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4533
4534 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4535
4536 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4537
4538 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4539
4540 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4541 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4543 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4544 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4545
4546 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4547 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4548 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4549 See `compilation-mode'.
4550
4551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4552
4553 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4554 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4555 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4556 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4557 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4558
4559 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4560 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4561 `compilation-mode'.
4562
4563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4564
4565 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4566 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4567 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4568
4569 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4570
4571 ;;;***
4572 \f
4573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21804 59688 154807
4574 ;;;;;; 989000))
4575 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4576
4577 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4578 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4579 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4582 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4583
4584 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4585
4586 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4587 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4589 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4590 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4591
4592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4593
4594 ;;;***
4595 \f
4596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21670
4597 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
4598 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4599
4600 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4601 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4602 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4603 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4604 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4605 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4606 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4607
4608 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4609 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4610 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4611
4612 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4613 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4614 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4615
4616 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4617 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4618 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4619 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4620
4621 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4622 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4623 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4624 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4625 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4626 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4627 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4628
4629 \\{conf-mode-map}
4630
4631 \(fn)" t nil)
4632
4633 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4634 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4635 Comments start with `#'.
4636 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4637
4638 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4639
4640 \[Desktop Entry]
4641 Encoding=UTF-8
4642 Name=The GIMP
4643 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4644 Name[cs]=GIMP
4645
4646 \(fn)" t nil)
4647
4648 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4649 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4650 Comments start with `;'.
4651 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4652
4653 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4654
4655 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4656 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4657 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4658
4659 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4660 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4661
4662 \(fn)" t nil)
4663
4664 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4665 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4666 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4667 between `/*' and `*/'.
4668 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4669
4670 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4671 // another kind of comment
4672 /* yet another */
4673
4674 name:value
4675 name=value
4676 name value
4677 x.1 =
4678 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4679 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4680
4681 \(fn)" t nil)
4682
4683 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4684 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4685 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4686 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4687 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4688 `conf-space-keywords'.
4689 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4690 in an interactive fashion instead.
4691
4692 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4693
4694 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4695
4696 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4697 image/png png
4698 image/tiff tiff tif
4699
4700 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4701 class desktop
4702 # Standard multimedia devices
4703 add /dev/audio desktop
4704 add /dev/mixer desktop
4705
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4707
4708 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4709 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4710 See `conf-space-mode'.
4711
4712 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4713
4714 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4715 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4716 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4717 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4718
4719 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4720
4721 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4722 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4723
4724 \(fn)" t nil)
4725
4726 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4727 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4728 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4729 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4730
4731 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4732
4733 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4734 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4735
4736 \(fn)" t nil)
4737
4738 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4739 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4740 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4741 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4742
4743 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4744
4745 *background: gray99
4746 *foreground: black
4747
4748 \(fn)" t nil)
4749
4750 ;;;***
4751 \f
4752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21670 32331 385639
4753 ;;;;;; 720000))
4754 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4755
4756 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4757 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4758 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4759 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4760 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4761 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4762
4763 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4764
4765 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4766 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4767 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4768 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4769
4770 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4771
4772 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4773 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4774 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4775 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4776
4777 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4778
4779 ;;;***
4780 \f
4781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21670
4782 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
4783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4784 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4785 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4786 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4787
4788 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4789 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4790 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4791 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4792 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4793 following the copyright are updated as well.
4794 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4795 interactively.
4796
4797 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4798
4799 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4800 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4801 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4802 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4803 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4804
4805 \(fn)" t nil)
4806
4807 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4808 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4809
4810 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4811
4812 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4813 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4814 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4815
4816 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4817
4818 ;;;***
4819 \f
4820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21862
4821 ;;;;;; 60209 828658 75000))
4822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4823 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4824 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4825 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4826 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4827 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4828 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4829 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4830
4831 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4832 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4833 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4834 Tab indents for Perl code.
4835 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4836 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4837
4838 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4839 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4840 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4841 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4842 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4843 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4844 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4845 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4846 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4847 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4848 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4849 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4850
4851 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4852
4853 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4854 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4855
4856 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4857
4858 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4859 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4860 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4861 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4862 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4863 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4864 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4865 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4866 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4867
4868 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4869
4870 bite if angry;
4871
4872 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4873 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4874 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4875 to nil.)
4876
4877 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4878 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4879 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4880
4881 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4882
4883 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4884 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4885 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4886 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4887 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4888
4889 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4890
4891 if (A) { B }
4892
4893 into
4894
4895 B if A;
4896
4897 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4898
4899 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4900 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4901 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4902 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4903 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4904 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4905 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4906 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4907 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4908 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4909 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4910 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4911 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4912
4913 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4914 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4915 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4916 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4917 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4918 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4919
4920 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4921 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4922 man via menu.
4923
4924 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4925 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4926 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4927 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4928 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4929
4930 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4931 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4932 span the needed amount of lines.
4933
4934 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4935 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4936 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4937 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4938
4939 Variables controlling indentation style:
4940 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4941 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4942 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4943 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4944 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4945 `cperl-auto-newline'
4946 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4947 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4948 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4949 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4950 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4951 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4952 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4953 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4954 `cperl-indent-level'
4955 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4956 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4957 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4958 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4959 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4960 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4961 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4962 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4963 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4964 `cperl-brace-offset'
4965 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4966 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4967 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4968 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4969 `cperl-label-offset'
4970 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4971 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4972 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4973
4974 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4975 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4976 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4977 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4978 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4979 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4980
4981 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4982 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4983 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4984 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4985
4986 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4987 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4988 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4989 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4990 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4991 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4992 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4993
4994 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4995 column 0 is indented on
4996 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4997
4998 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4999 with no args.
5000
5001 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5002 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5003 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5004
5005 \(fn)" t nil)
5006
5007 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5008 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5009
5010 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5011
5012 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5013 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5014
5015 \(fn)" t nil)
5016
5017 ;;;***
5018 \f
5019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21948 40114 418686
5020 ;;;;;; 453000))
5021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5022
5023 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5024 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5025 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5026 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5027 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5028
5029 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5030
5031 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5032 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5033
5034 \(fn)" t nil)
5035
5036 ;;;***
5037 \f
5038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21670 32330 885624
5039 ;;;;;; 725000))
5040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5041
5042 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5043 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5044 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5045 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5046 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5047 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5048 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5049 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5050
5051 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5052 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5053
5054 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5055 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5056 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5057
5058 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5059 with empty strings removed.
5060
5061 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5062
5063 ;;;***
5064 \f
5065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21811 32939
5066 ;;;;;; 200500 777000))
5067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5068
5069 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5070 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5071
5072 \(fn)" t nil)
5073 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5074
5075 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5076 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5077
5078 \(fn)" t nil)
5079
5080 ;;;***
5081 \f
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21826 50080
5083 ;;;;;; 561727 536000))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5085
5086 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5087 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5088 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5090 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5091 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5092
5093 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5094
5095 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5096 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5098 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5099 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5100
5101 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5102 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5103 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5104 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5105 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5106 normal function of these prefix keys.
5107
5108 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5109 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5110 options:
5111 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5112 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5113 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5114
5115 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5116 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5117 the prefix fallback behavior.
5118
5119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5120
5121 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5122 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5123
5124 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5125
5126 ;;;***
5127 \f
5128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21670 32330
5129 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5131
5132 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5133 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5134 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5135
5136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5137
5138 ;;;***
5139 \f
5140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5141 ;;;;;; (21804 59688 154807 989000))
5142 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5143
5144 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5145 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5146
5147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5148
5149 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5150 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5151 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5152 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5153 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5154 the cursor and DIR can be `left' or `entered' depending on whether the cursor is
5155 entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5156
5157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5158
5159 ;;;***
5160 \f
5161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21948 40114 214686
5162 ;;;;;; 453000))
5163 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5164
5165 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5166 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5167
5168 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5169
5170 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5171 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5172
5173 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5174
5175 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5176 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5177
5178 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5179
5180 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5181 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5182
5183 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5184 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5185
5186 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5187 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5188
5189 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5190
5191 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5192
5193 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5194 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5195 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5196
5197 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5198 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5199
5200 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5201 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5202
5203 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5204 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5205
5206 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5207
5208 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5209
5210 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5211 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5212 Return VALUE.
5213
5214 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5215 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5216
5217 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5218 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5219
5220 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5221 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5222
5223 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5224
5225 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5226
5227 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5228 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5229 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5230 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5231
5232 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5233 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5234 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5235
5236 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5237
5238 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5239 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5240 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5241 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5242 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5243
5244 \(fn)" t nil)
5245
5246 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5247 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5248 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5249 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5250
5251 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5252
5253 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5254 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5255 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5256
5257 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5258
5259 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5260 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5261
5262 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5263
5264 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5265
5266 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5267 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5268
5269 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5270
5271 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5272
5273 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5274 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5275 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5276
5277 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5278
5279 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5280 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5281 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5282 as part of Emacs itself.
5283
5284 Each elements looks like this:
5285
5286 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5287
5288 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5289 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5290 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5291 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5292 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5293 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5294 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5295 and `defface'.
5296
5297 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5298
5299 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5300 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5301 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5302 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5303 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5304
5305 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5306 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5307 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5308 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5309
5310 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5311
5312 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5313 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5314 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5315 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5316 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5317 release.
5318
5319 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5320 that were added or redefined since that version.
5321
5322 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5323
5324 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5326 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5327 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5328
5329 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5330
5331 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5332 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5333
5334 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5335
5336 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5337 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5338 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5339
5340 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5341 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5342
5343 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5344
5345 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5346 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5347
5348 \(fn)" t nil)
5349
5350 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5351 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5352
5353 \(fn)" t nil)
5354
5355 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5356 Customize all saved options and faces.
5357
5358 \(fn)" t nil)
5359
5360 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5361 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5362 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5363 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5364 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5365 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5366
5367 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5368 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5369 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5370
5371 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5372
5373 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5374 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5375
5376 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5377
5378 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5379 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5380
5381 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5382
5383 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5384 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5385
5386 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5387
5388 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5389 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5390 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5391 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5392
5393 \(fn)" nil nil)
5394
5395 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5396 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5397 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5398 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5399 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5400 that option.
5401 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5402
5403 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5404
5405 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5406 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5407 The result includes selecting that window.
5408 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5409 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5410 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5411 that option.
5412
5413 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5414
5415 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5416 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5417
5418 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5419
5420 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5421 File used for storing customization information.
5422 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5423 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5424 it should be an absolute file name.
5425
5426 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5427 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5428 something like the following in your init file:
5429
5430 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5431 \(load custom-file)
5432
5433 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5434 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5435
5436 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5437 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5438 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5439 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5440 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5441
5442 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5443 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5444 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5445 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5446 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5447 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5448 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5449 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5450 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5451 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5452
5453 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5454
5455 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5456 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5457
5458 \(fn)" nil nil)
5459
5460 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5461 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5462
5463 \(fn)" t nil)
5464
5465 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5466 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5467 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5468
5469 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5470
5471 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5472 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5473 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5474 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5475 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5476
5477 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5478
5479 ;;;***
5480 \f
5481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21891 60465 839679
5482 ;;;;;; 523000))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5484
5485 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5486 Create or edit a custom theme.
5487 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5488 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5489 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5490 from the Custom save file.
5491 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5492 named *Custom Theme*.
5493
5494 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5495
5496 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5497 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5498
5499 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5500
5501 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5502 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5503
5504 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5505
5506 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5507 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5508 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5509 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5510
5511 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5512
5513 ;;;***
5514 \f
5515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21670 32331
5516 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
5517 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5518
5519 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5520 Mode used for cvs status output.
5521
5522 \(fn)" t nil)
5523
5524 ;;;***
5525 \f
5526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21670 32331 385639
5527 ;;;;;; 720000))
5528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5529 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5530
5531 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5532 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5533
5534 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5535
5536 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5537 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5538 C++ modes are included.
5539
5540 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5541 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5542 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5543
5544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5545
5546 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5547
5548 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5549 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5550 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5551 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5552 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5553 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5554
5555 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5556
5557 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5558 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5559 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5560 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5561 ARG is omitted or nil.
5562
5563 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5564 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5565 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5566
5567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5568
5569 ;;;***
5570 \f
5571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21670
5572 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
5573 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5574
5575 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5576 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5577
5578 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5579
5580 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5581 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5582
5583 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5584
5585 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5586 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5587 For readability, the table is slightly
5588 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5589
5590 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5591 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5592 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5593 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5594 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5595
5596 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5597
5598 ;;;***
5599 \f
5600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21670 32330 885624
5601 ;;;;;; 725000))
5602 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5603 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5604 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5605 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5606 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5607
5608 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5609 Completion on current word.
5610 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5611 and presents suggestions for completion.
5612
5613 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5614 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5615 completions.
5616
5617 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5618 then it searches *all* buffers.
5619
5620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5621
5622 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5623 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5624
5625 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5626 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5627 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5628 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5629 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5630
5631 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5632 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5633
5634 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5635 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5636 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5637
5638 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5639 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5640
5641 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5642
5643 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5644
5645 ;;;***
5646 \f
5647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21670 32330
5648 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5649 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5650
5651 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5652 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5653
5654 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5655
5656 ;;;***
5657 \f
5658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21855 577 147947 107000))
5659 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5660
5661 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5662 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5663 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5664 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5665 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5666
5667 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5668
5669 ;;;***
5670 \f
5671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21670 32331
5672 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
5673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5674
5675 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5676 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5677
5678 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5679 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5680 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5681
5682 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5683 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5684 Data lines are not indented.
5685
5686 Key bindings:
5687
5688 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5689 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5690
5691 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5692 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5693 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5694 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5695
5696 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5697
5698 dcl-basic-offset
5699 Extra indentation within blocks.
5700
5701 dcl-continuation-offset
5702 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5703
5704 dcl-margin-offset
5705 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5706
5707 dcl-margin-label-offset
5708 Indentation for a label.
5709
5710 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5711 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5712
5713 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5714 dcl-block-end-regexp
5715 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5716 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5717 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5718 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5719 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5720
5721 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5722 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5723 Two such functions are included in the package:
5724 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5725 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5726
5727 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5728 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5729 One such function is included in the package:
5730 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5731
5732 dcl-tab-always-indent
5733 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5734 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5735 margin.
5736
5737 dcl-electric-characters
5738 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5739 typed.
5740
5741 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5742 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5743 which words trigger electric indentation.
5744
5745 dcl-tempo-comma
5746 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5747 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5748 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5749
5750 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5751 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5752 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5753 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5754
5755 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5756 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5757 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5758 dcl-imenu-label-call
5759 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5760
5761 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5762 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5763 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5764 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5765
5766
5767 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5768
5769 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5770 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5771 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5772 $ i = 1
5773 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5774 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5775 $ label:
5776 $ if i.eq.1
5777 $ then
5778 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5779 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5780 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5781 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5782 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5783 \"lined up with the command line\"
5784 $ type sys$input
5785 Data lines are not indented at all.
5786 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5787 $ endif
5788 $
5789
5790
5791 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5792 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5793
5794 \(fn)" t nil)
5795
5796 ;;;***
5797 \f
5798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21918 44225
5799 ;;;;;; 955204 84000))
5800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5801
5802 (setq debugger 'debug)
5803
5804 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5805 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5806 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5807 of the evaluator.
5808
5809 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5810 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5811 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5812
5813 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5814
5815 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5816 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5817
5818 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5819
5820 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5821 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5822 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5823 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5824 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5825 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5826
5827 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5828 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5829
5830 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5831
5832 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5833 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5834 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5835 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5836 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5837
5838 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5839
5840 ;;;***
5841 \f
5842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21948 40114
5843 ;;;;;; 398686 453000))
5844 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5845
5846 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5847 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5848
5849 \(fn)" t nil)
5850
5851 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5852 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5853 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5854 Upper-case letters are commands.
5855
5856 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5857 modify it.
5858
5859 The most useful commands are:
5860 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5861 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5862 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5863 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5864 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5865 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5866
5867 \(fn)" t nil)
5868
5869 ;;;***
5870 \f
5871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21670 32330 885624
5872 ;;;;;; 725000))
5873 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5874 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5875
5876 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5877 Customization of `columns' group.
5878
5879 \(fn)" t nil)
5880
5881 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5882 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5883
5884 START and END delimits the text region.
5885
5886 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5887
5888 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5889 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5890
5891 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5892
5893 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5894
5895 ;;;***
5896 \f
5897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21716 41663 456033 27000))
5898 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5899
5900 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5901
5902 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5903 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5904 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5905 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5906 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5907 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5908
5909 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5910
5911 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5912 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5914 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5915 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5916
5917 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5918 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5919 point regardless of any selection.
5920
5921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5922
5923 ;;;***
5924 \f
5925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21887 19078
5926 ;;;;;; 977447 760000))
5927 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5928
5929 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5930 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5931
5932 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5933
5934 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5935 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5936 or nil if there is no parent.
5937 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5938 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5939 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5940 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5941 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5942
5943 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5944 arguments are currently understood:
5945 :group GROUP
5946 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5947 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5948 :syntax-table TABLE
5949 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5950 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5951 :abbrev-table TABLE
5952 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5953 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5954
5955 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5956
5957 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5958
5959 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5960 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5961 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5962
5963 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5964 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5965
5966 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5967 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5968 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5969
5970 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5971 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5972
5973 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5974 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5975
5976 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5977
5978 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5979
5980 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5981
5982 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5983
5984 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5985 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5986 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5987 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5988 the first time the mode is used.
5989
5990 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5991
5992 ;;;***
5993 \f
5994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21948 40114 214686
5995 ;;;;;; 453000))
5996 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5997
5998 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5999 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6000 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6001 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6002 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6003 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6004 otherwise.
6005
6006 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6007
6008 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6009 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6010 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6011 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6012
6013 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6014 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6015 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6016
6017 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6018 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6019 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6020 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6021 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6022 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6023 relevant to POS.
6024
6025 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6026
6027 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6028 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6029
6030 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6031 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6032 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6033 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6034 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6035 minibuffer window for width limit.
6036
6037 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6038 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6039
6040 \(fn)" nil nil)
6041
6042 ;;;***
6043 \f
6044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21860 18496 17962 857000))
6045 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6046
6047 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6048 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6049 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6050 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6051 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6052 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6053
6054 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6055
6056 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6057 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6059 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6060 is omitted or nil.
6061
6062 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6063 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6064 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6065 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6066
6067 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6068 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6069
6070 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6071 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6072
6073 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6074
6075 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6076
6077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6078
6079 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6080 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6081 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6082 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6083
6084 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6085
6086 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6087 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6088
6089 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6090 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6091 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6092
6093 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6094 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6095
6096 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6097 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6098 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6099
6100 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6101 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6102 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6103 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6104
6105 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6106
6107 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6108 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6109
6110 Handlers are called with argument list
6111
6112 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6113
6114 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6115
6116 `desktop-file-version'
6117 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6118 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6119 `desktop-buffer-point'
6120 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6121 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6122 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6123
6124 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6125 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6126
6127 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6128 code like
6129
6130 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6131 ...
6132 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6133 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6134
6135 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6136 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6137 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6138
6139 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6140
6141 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6142 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6143 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6144 List elements must have the form
6145
6146 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6147
6148 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6149 function.
6150
6151 Handlers are called with argument list
6152
6153 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6154
6155 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6156
6157 `desktop-file-version'
6158 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6159 `desktop-buffer-name'
6160 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6161 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6162 `desktop-buffer-point'
6163 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6164 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6165 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6166
6167 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6168 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6169 created and set.
6170
6171 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6172 code like
6173
6174 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6175 ...
6176 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6177 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6178
6179 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6180 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6181 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6182
6183 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6184
6185 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6186
6187 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6188 Empty the Desktop.
6189 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6190 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6191 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6192 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6193 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6194 if different).
6195
6196 \(fn)" t nil)
6197
6198 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6199 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6200 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6201 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6202 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6203 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6204 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6205
6206 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6207
6208 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6209 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6210 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6211
6212 \(fn)" t nil)
6213
6214 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6215 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6216 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6217 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6218 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6219 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6220 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6221 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6222
6223 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6224
6225 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6226 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6227 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6228
6229 \(fn)" nil nil)
6230
6231 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6232
6233 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6234 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6235 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6236 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6237 directory DIRNAME.
6238
6239 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6240
6241 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6242 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6243
6244 \(fn)" t nil)
6245
6246 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6247 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6248
6249 \(fn)" t nil)
6250
6251 ;;;***
6252 \f
6253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21855 576 877944
6254 ;;;;;; 285000))
6255 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6256
6257 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6258 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6259 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6260 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6261 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6262 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6263
6264 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6265
6266 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6267 Repair a broken attribution line.
6268 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6269
6270 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6271
6272 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6273 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6274 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6275 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6276
6277 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6278
6279 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6280 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6281
6282 \(fn)" t nil)
6283
6284 ;;;***
6285 \f
6286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21880
6287 ;;;;;; 42532 420045 615000))
6288 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6289
6290 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6291 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6292 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6293 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6294 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6295
6296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6297
6298 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6299 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6300 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6301 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6302
6303 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6304 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6305 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6306 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6307
6308 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6309 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6310
6311 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6312 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6313 calendar-date-style 'european
6314 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6315
6316 \(diary-mail-entries)
6317
6318 # diary-rem.el ends here
6319
6320 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6321
6322 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6323 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6324
6325 \(fn)" t nil)
6326
6327 ;;;***
6328 \f
6329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21804 59688 284811 0))
6330 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6331
6332 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6333 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6334
6335 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6336
6337 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6338 The command to use to run diff.")
6339
6340 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6341
6342 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6343 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6344 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6345 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6346 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6347 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6348
6349 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6350 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6351 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6352
6353 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6354
6355 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6356 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6357 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6358 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6359 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6360 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6361
6362 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6363
6364 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6365 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6366
6367 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6368
6369 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6370 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6371 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6372
6373 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6374
6375 ;;;***
6376 \f
6377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21798 20907
6378 ;;;;;; 11218 42000))
6379 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6380
6381 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6382 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6383 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6384 normal diffs.
6385
6386 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6387 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6388 headers for you on-the-fly.
6389
6390 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6391 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6392 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6393
6394 \\{diff-mode-map}
6395
6396 \(fn)" t nil)
6397
6398 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6399 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6400 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6401 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6402 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6403
6404 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6405
6406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6407
6408 ;;;***
6409 \f
6410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
6411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6412
6413 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6414 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6415 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6416
6417 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6418
6419 ;;;***
6420 \f
6421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21914 55048 605882 55000))
6422 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6423
6424 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6425 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6426 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6427 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6428 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6429 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6430 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6431 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6432
6433 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6434
6435 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6436 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6437 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6438 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6439 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6440 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6441
6442 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6443 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6444 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6445 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6446
6447 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6448 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6449
6450 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6451 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6452 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6453 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6454 listing have no effect.
6455
6456 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6457 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6458 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6459
6460 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6461
6462 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6463 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6464
6465 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6466 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6467
6468 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6469 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6470
6471 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6472 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6473
6474 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6475
6476 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6477 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6478
6479 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6480
6481 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6482 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6483 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6484 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6485 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6486 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6487 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6488 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6489 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6490 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6491 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6492 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6493 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6494 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6495 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6496 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6497 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6498 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6499 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6500 to see why something went wrong.
6501 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6502 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6503 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6504 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6505 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6506 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6507 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6508 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6509 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6510 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6511 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6512 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6513 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6514
6515 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6516 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6517 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6518 again for the directory tree.
6519
6520 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6521 for more info):
6522
6523 `dired-listing-switches'
6524 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6525 `dired-marker-char'
6526 `dired-del-marker'
6527 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6528 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6529 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6530 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6531
6532 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6533
6534 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6535 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6536 `dired-mode-hook'
6537 `dired-load-hook'
6538
6539 Keybindings:
6540 \\{dired-mode-map}
6541
6542 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6543 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6544
6545 ;;;***
6546 \f
6547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21855 576 727950
6548 ;;;;;; 398000))
6549 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6550
6551 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6552 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6554 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6555 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6556
6557 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6558 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6559 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6560
6561 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6562 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6563 directory.
6564
6565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6566
6567 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6568 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6569 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6570 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6571 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6572 from `default-directory'.
6573
6574 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6575
6576 ;;;***
6577 \f
6578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21670 32330
6579 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
6580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6581
6582 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6583 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6584 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6585 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6586 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6587 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6588
6589 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6590
6591 ;;;***
6592 \f
6593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21670 32330 885624
6594 ;;;;;; 725000))
6595 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6596
6597 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6598 Return a new, empty display table.
6599
6600 \(fn)" nil nil)
6601
6602 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6603 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6604 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6605 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6606 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6607
6608 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6609
6610 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6611 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6612 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6613 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6614 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6615
6616 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6617
6618 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6619 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6620
6621 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6622
6623 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6624 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6625
6626 \(fn)" t nil)
6627
6628 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6629 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6630
6631 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6632 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6633
6634 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6635 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6636 byte.
6637
6638 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6639 in the default way after this call.
6640
6641 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6642
6643 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6644 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6645
6646 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6647
6648 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6649 Display character C using printable string S.
6650
6651 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6652
6653 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6654 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6655 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6656 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6657
6658 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6659
6660 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6661 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6662 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6663 X frame.
6664
6665 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6666
6667 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6668 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6669
6670 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6671
6672 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6673 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6674
6675 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6676
6677 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6678 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6679
6680 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6681
6682 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6683 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6684
6685 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6686
6687 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6688 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6689
6690 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6691
6692 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6693 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6694
6695 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6696 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6697
6698 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6699 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6700
6701 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6702 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6703 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6704 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6705
6706 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6707 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6708 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6709 in `.emacs'.
6710
6711 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6712
6713 ;;;***
6714 \f
6715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21670 32331
6716 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
6717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6718
6719 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6720 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6721 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6722 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6723 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6724 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6725 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6726 Default is 2.
6727
6728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6729
6730 ;;;***
6731 \f
6732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6733 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6734
6735 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6736 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6737 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6738 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6739 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6740 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6741 private or ask).
6742 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6743 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6744 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6745 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6746 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6747
6748 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6749
6750 ;;;***
6751 \f
6752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21670 32331
6753 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6754 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6755
6756 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6757 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6758 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6759 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6760 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6761 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6762 table and its own syntax table.
6763
6764 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6765
6766 \(fn)" t nil)
6767 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6768
6769 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6770 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6771
6772 \(fn)" t nil)
6773
6774 ;;;***
6775 \f
6776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21716 41663 456033
6777 ;;;;;; 27000))
6778 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6779
6780 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6781 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6782 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6783 OpenDocument format).
6784
6785 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6786
6787 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6788 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6789
6790 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6791 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6792
6793 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6794 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6795 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6796
6797 \(fn)" t nil)
6798
6799 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6800 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6801 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6802 to the next best mode.
6803
6804 \(fn)" nil nil)
6805
6806 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6807 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6808 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6809 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6810 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6811
6812 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6813
6814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6815
6816 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6817
6818
6819 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6820
6821 ;;;***
6822 \f
6823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21670 32331 385639
6824 ;;;;;; 720000))
6825 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6826
6827 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6828 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6829
6830 \(fn)" t nil)
6831
6832 ;;;***
6833 \f
6834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6835 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6836
6837 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6838 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6840 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6841 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6842
6843 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6844 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6845
6846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6847
6848 ;;;***
6849 \f
6850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21841 54062 172628
6851 ;;;;;; 227000))
6852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6853 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6854
6855 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6856 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6857
6858 \(fn)" t nil)
6859
6860 ;;;***
6861 \f
6862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21907
6863 ;;;;;; 48688 657360 195000))
6864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6865
6866 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6867
6868 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6869 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6870 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6871 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6872 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6873
6874 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6875 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6876 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6877 and disables it otherwise.
6878
6879 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6880 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6881 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6882 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6883
6884 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6885 documenting what its argument does.
6886
6887 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6888 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6889 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6890 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6891 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6892 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6893 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6894 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6895
6896 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6897 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6898 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6899 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6900 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6901 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6902 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6903 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6904 the minor mode is global):
6905
6906 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6907 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6908 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6909 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6910 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6911 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6912 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6913 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6914 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6915 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6916 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6917 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6918 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6919 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6920 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6921 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6922 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6923 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6924 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6925 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6926 in :variable).
6927
6928 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6929 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6930
6931 For example, you could write
6932 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6933 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6934 ...BODY CODE...)
6935
6936 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6937
6938 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6939
6940 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6941
6942 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6943
6944 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6945
6946 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6947 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6948 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6949 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6950 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6951 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6952 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6953 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6954 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6955 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6956 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6957 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6958
6959 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6960 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6961 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6962 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6963 call another major mode in their body.
6964
6965 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6966 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6967 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6968
6969 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6970
6971 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6972
6973 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6974 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6975 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6976 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6977 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6978 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6979 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6980
6981 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6982
6983 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6984 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6985 :inherit Parent keymap.
6986 :group Ignored.
6987 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6988 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6989
6990 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6991
6992 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6993 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6994 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6995 the constant's documentation.
6996
6997 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6998
6999 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7000 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7001 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7002
7003 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7004
7005 ;;;***
7006 \f
7007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21670
7008 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
7009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7010
7011 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7012 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7013 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7014 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7015
7016 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7017 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7018 as a top-level menu bar item.
7019
7020 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7021 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7022 pairs:
7023
7024 :filter FUNCTION
7025 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7026 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7027 items to actually display.
7028
7029 :visible INCLUDE
7030 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7031 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7032 alias for `:visible'.
7033
7034 :active ENABLE
7035 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7036 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7037 an alias for `:active'.
7038
7039 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7040 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7041
7042 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7043
7044 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7045
7046 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7047 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7048
7049 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7050 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7051
7052 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7053
7054 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7055
7056 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7057 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7058
7059 :keys KEYS
7060 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7061 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7062 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7063 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7064
7065 :key-sequence KEYS
7066 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7067 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7068 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7069 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7070
7071 :active ENABLE
7072 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7073 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7074 alias for `:active'.
7075
7076 :visible INCLUDE
7077 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7078 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7079 `:visible'.
7080
7081 :label FORM
7082 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7083 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7084
7085 :suffix FORM
7086 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7087 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7088
7089 :style STYLE
7090 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7091 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7092 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7093
7094 :selected SELECTED
7095 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7096 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7097
7098 :help HELP
7099 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7100
7101 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7102 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7103 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7104
7105 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7106 MENU. This is a submenu.
7107
7108 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7109
7110 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7111
7112 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7113
7114
7115 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7116
7117 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7118 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7119 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7120 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7121
7122 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7123
7124 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7125 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7126 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7127 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7128 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7129 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7130
7131 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7132 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7133 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7134
7135 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7136 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7137 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7138
7139 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7140 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7141
7142 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7143
7144 ;;;***
7145 \f
7146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21670 32331
7147 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7149 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7150
7151 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7152 Customization for ebnf group.
7153
7154 \(fn)" t nil)
7155
7156 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7157 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7158
7159 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7160
7161 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7162 processed.
7163
7164 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7165
7166 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7167
7168 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7169 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7170
7171 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7172 killed after process termination.
7173
7174 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7175
7176 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7177
7178 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7179 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7180
7181 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7182 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7183 it to the printer.
7184
7185 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7186 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7187 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7188 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7189
7190 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7191
7192 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7193 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7194 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7195
7196 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7197
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7200
7201 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7202
7203 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7204 processed.
7205
7206 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7207
7208 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7209
7210 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7211 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7212
7213 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7214 killed after process termination.
7215
7216 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7217
7218 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7219
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7222 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7223 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7224
7225 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7226
7227 \(fn)" t nil)
7228
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7231 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7232
7233 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7234
7235 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7236
7237 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7238 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7239
7240 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7241
7242 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7243 processed.
7244
7245 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7246
7247 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7248
7249 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7250 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7251
7252 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7253 killed after EPS generation.
7254
7255 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7256
7257 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7258
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7261
7262 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7263 The EPS file name has the following form:
7264
7265 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7266
7267 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7268 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7269
7270 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7271 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7272 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7273 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7274 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7275
7276 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7277 files.
7278
7279 \(fn)" t nil)
7280
7281 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7282 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7283
7284 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7285 The EPS file name has the following form:
7286
7287 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7288
7289 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7290 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7291
7292 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7293 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7294 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7295 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7296 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7297
7298 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7299 files.
7300
7301 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7302
7303 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7304
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7307
7308 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7309
7310 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7311 are processed.
7312
7313 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7314
7315 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7316
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7319
7320 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7321 killed after syntax checking.
7322
7323 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7324
7325 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7328 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7329
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7331
7332 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7333 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7334
7335 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7338 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7339
7340 \(fn)" nil nil)
7341
7342 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7343 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7344
7345 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7346
7347 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7348
7349 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7350 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7351
7352 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7353
7354 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7357 Delete style NAME.
7358
7359 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7360
7361 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7364 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7365
7366 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7367
7368 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Set STYLE as the current style.
7372
7373 Returns the old style symbol.
7374
7375 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7376
7377 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7380 Reset current style.
7381
7382 Returns the old style symbol.
7383
7384 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7385
7386 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7387
7388 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7389 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7390
7391 Returns the old style symbol.
7392
7393 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7394
7395 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7396
7397 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7398
7399 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7400 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7401
7402 Returns the old style symbol.
7403
7404 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7405
7406 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7407
7408 \(fn)" t nil)
7409
7410 ;;;***
7411 \f
7412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21670 32331
7413 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7415
7416 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7417 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7418 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7419 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7420 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7421 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7422
7423 Tree mode key bindings:
7424 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7425
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7427
7428 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7429 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7430
7431 \(fn)" t nil)
7432
7433 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7434 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7435
7436 \(fn)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7439 View declaration of member at point.
7440
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7442
7443 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7444 Find declaration of member at point.
7445
7446 \(fn)" t nil)
7447
7448 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7449 View definition of member at point.
7450
7451 \(fn)" t nil)
7452
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7454 Find definition of member at point.
7455
7456 \(fn)" t nil)
7457
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7459 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7460
7461 \(fn)" t nil)
7462
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7464 View definition of member at point in other window.
7465
7466 \(fn)" t nil)
7467
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7469 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7470
7471 \(fn)" t nil)
7472
7473 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7474 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7475
7476 \(fn)" t nil)
7477
7478 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7479 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7480
7481 \(fn)" t nil)
7482
7483 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7484 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7485
7486 \(fn)" t nil)
7487
7488 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7489 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7490 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7491 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7492 completion.
7493
7494 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7495
7496 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7497 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7498 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7499 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7500
7501 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7502
7503 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7504 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7505 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7506 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7507
7508 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7509
7510 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7511 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7512 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7513
7514 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7515
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7517 Search for call sites of a member.
7518 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7519 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7520 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7521 looks like a function call to the member.
7522
7523 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7524
7525 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7526 Move backward in the position stack.
7527 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7528
7529 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7530
7531 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7532 Move forward in the position stack.
7533 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7534
7535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7536
7537 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7538 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7539
7540 \(fn)" t nil)
7541
7542 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7543 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7544
7545 \(fn)" t nil)
7546
7547 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7548 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7549 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7550 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7551
7552 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7553
7554 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7555 Display statistics for a class tree.
7556
7557 \(fn)" t nil)
7558
7559 ;;;***
7560 \f
7561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
7562 ;;;;;; 725000))
7563 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7564
7565 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7566 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7567 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7568 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7569 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7570 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7571 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7572
7573 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7574
7575 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7576 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7577 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7578 also has this effect.
7579 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7580 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7581 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7582 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7583 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7584 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7585 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7586 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7587 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7588 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7589
7590 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7591
7592 ;;;***
7593 \f
7594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
7595 ;;;;;; 725000))
7596 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7597
7598 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7599 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7600 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7601
7602 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7603
7604 ;;;***
7605 \f
7606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21670 32330
7607 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
7608 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7609
7610 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7611
7612
7613 \(fn)" nil nil)
7614
7615 ;;;***
7616 \f
7617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21947 19252 621252 749000))
7618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7619 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7620
7621 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7622 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7623 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7626 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7627
7628 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7629
7630 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7631 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7633 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7634 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7635
7636 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7637 an EDE controlled project.
7638
7639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7640
7641 ;;;***
7642 \f
7643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21857 42300
7644 ;;;;;; 387957 585000))
7645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7646
7647 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7648 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7649 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7650 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7651 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7652
7653 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7654 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7655 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7656 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7657
7658 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7659
7660 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7661 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7662 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7663 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7664
7665 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7666
7667 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7668 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7669 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7670 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7671
7672 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7673
7674 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7675
7676 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7677 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7678 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7679 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7680 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7681
7682 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7683 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7684 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7685 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7686 instrumented for Edebug.
7687
7688 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7689 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7690 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7691 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7692 already is one.)
7693
7694 \(fn)" t nil)
7695
7696 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7697 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7698
7699 \(fn)" t nil)
7700
7701 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7702 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7703
7704 \(fn)" t nil)
7705
7706 ;;;***
7707 \f
7708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
7709 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7710 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7711
7712 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7713 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7714
7715 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7716
7717 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7718 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7719
7720 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7721
7722 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7723
7724 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7725
7726 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7727 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7728 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7729 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7730
7731 \(fn)" t nil)
7732
7733 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7734 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7735 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7736 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7737
7738 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7739
7740 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7741 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7742
7743 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7744
7745 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7746
7747 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7748 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7749
7750 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7751
7752 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7753
7754 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7755 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7756 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7757 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7758
7759 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7760
7761 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7762
7763 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7764 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7765 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7766 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7767
7768 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7769
7770 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7771
7772 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7773 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7774 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7775 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7776
7777 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7778
7779 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7780
7781 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7782 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7783 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7784 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7785
7786 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7787
7788 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7789
7790 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7791 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7792 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7793 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7794 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7795 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7796
7797 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7798
7799 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7800 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7801 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7802 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7803
7804 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7805
7806 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7807
7808 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7809 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7810 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7811 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7812
7813 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7814
7815 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7816
7817 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7818
7819 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7820 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7821 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7822 follows:
7823 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7824 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7825
7826 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7827
7828 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7829 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7830 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7831 follows:
7832 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7833 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7834
7835 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7838 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7839 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7840 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7841 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7842
7843 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7844
7845 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7846 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7847 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7848 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7849 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7850 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7851
7852 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7853
7854 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7855
7856 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7857 Merge two files without ancestor.
7858
7859 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7860
7861 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7862 Merge two files with ancestor.
7863
7864 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7865
7866 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7867
7868 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7869 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7870
7871 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7872
7873 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7874 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7875
7876 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7877
7878 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7879 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7880 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7881 buffer.
7882
7883 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7884
7885 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7886 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7887 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7888 buffer.
7889
7890 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7891
7892 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7893 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7894 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7895 and don't ask the user.
7896 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7897 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7898
7899 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7900
7901 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7902 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7903 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7904 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7905 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7906 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7907 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7908 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7909
7910 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7911
7912 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7913
7914 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7915
7916 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7917 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7918 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7919 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7920 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7921
7922 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7923
7924 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7925
7926 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7927 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7928 When called interactively, displays the version.
7929
7930 \(fn)" t nil)
7931
7932 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7933 Display Ediff's manual.
7934 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7935
7936 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7937
7938 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7939
7940
7941 \(fn)" nil nil)
7942
7943 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7944
7945
7946 \(fn)" nil nil)
7947
7948 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7949
7950
7951 \(fn)" nil nil)
7952
7953 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7954
7955
7956 \(fn)" nil nil)
7957
7958 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7959
7960
7961 \(fn)" nil nil)
7962
7963 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7964
7965
7966 \(fn)" nil nil)
7967
7968 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7969
7970
7971 \(fn)" nil nil)
7972
7973 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7974
7975
7976 \(fn)" nil nil)
7977
7978 ;;;***
7979 \f
7980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21870 54319
7981 ;;;;;; 247944 919000))
7982 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7983
7984 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7985
7986
7987 \(fn)" t nil)
7988
7989 ;;;***
7990 \f
7991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21670 32331
7992 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7994
7995 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7996 Display Ediff's registry.
7997
7998 \(fn)" t nil)
7999
8000 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8001
8002 ;;;***
8003 \f
8004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21852 24382
8005 ;;;;;; 97237 703000))
8006 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8007
8008 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8009 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8010 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8011 which see.
8012
8013 \(fn)" t nil)
8014
8015 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8016 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8017 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8018 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8019
8020 \(fn)" t nil)
8021
8022 ;;;***
8023 \f
8024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21799 41766 961230
8025 ;;;;;; 875000))
8026 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8027 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8028
8029 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8030 Edit a keyboard macro.
8031 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8032 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8033 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8034 its command name.
8035 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8036
8037 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8038
8039 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8040 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8041
8042 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8043
8044 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8045 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8046
8047 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8048
8049 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8050 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8051 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8052 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8053 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8054 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8055
8056 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8057 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8058 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8059 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8060
8061 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8062
8063 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8064 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8065 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8066 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8067 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8068 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8069
8070 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8071
8072 ;;;***
8073 \f
8074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21670 32330 885624
8075 ;;;;;; 725000))
8076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8077
8078 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8079 Set scroll margins.
8080 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8081 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8082
8083 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8084
8085 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8086 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8087
8088 \(fn)" t nil)
8089
8090 ;;;***
8091 \f
8092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8093 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8094
8095 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8096 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8097 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8098 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8099 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8100 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8101 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8102
8103 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8104 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8105
8106 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8107 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8108 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8109 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8110
8111 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8112 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8113 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8114
8115 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8116 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8117 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8118
8119 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8120
8121 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8122
8123
8124 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8125
8126 ;;;***
8127 \f
8128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21915 42801
8129 ;;;;;; 52409 735000))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8131 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8132
8133 ;;;***
8134 \f
8135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21915
8136 ;;;;;; 42801 48409 735000))
8137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8138 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8139
8140 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8141 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8142 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8143 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8144 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8145 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8146 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8147
8148 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8149
8150 ;;;***
8151 \f
8152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21888 48869 288181
8153 ;;;;;; 796000))
8154 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8155
8156 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8157 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8158
8159 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8160 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8161 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8162
8163 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8164
8165 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8166 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8167 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8168 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8169 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8170 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8171
8172 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8173
8174 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8175 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8176 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8177 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8178 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8179
8180 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8181 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8182 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8183 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8184
8185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8186
8187 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8188 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8189
8190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8191
8192 ;;;***
8193 \f
8194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21670 32330 885624
8195 ;;;;;; 725000))
8196 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8197
8198 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8199 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8200
8201 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8202 an elided material again.
8203
8204 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8205
8206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8207
8208 ;;;***
8209 \f
8210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21853 45243
8211 ;;;;;; 381515 341000))
8212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8213
8214 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8215 Lint the file FILE.
8216
8217 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8218
8219 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8220 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8221 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8222
8223 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8224
8225 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8226 Lint the current buffer.
8227 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8228
8229 \(fn)" t nil)
8230
8231 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8232 Lint the function at point.
8233 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8234
8235 \(fn)" t nil)
8236
8237 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8238 Initialize elint.
8239 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8240 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8241
8242 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8243
8244 ;;;***
8245 \f
8246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21670 32330 885624
8247 ;;;;;; 725000))
8248 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8249
8250 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8251 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8252 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8253
8254 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8255
8256 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8257 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8258 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8259 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8260
8261 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8262
8263 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8264 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8265 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8266
8267 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8268
8269 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8270
8271 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8272 Display current profiling results.
8273 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8274 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8275 displayed.
8276
8277 \(fn)" t nil)
8278
8279 ;;;***
8280 \f
8281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21670 32330 885624
8282 ;;;;;; 725000))
8283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8284
8285 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8286 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8287 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8288 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8289 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8290 ARG is omitted or nil.
8291
8292 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8293 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8294 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8295 used instead.
8296
8297 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8298
8299 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8300 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8301 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8302
8303 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8304
8305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8306
8307 ;;;***
8308 \f
8309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21814 9129 290493
8310 ;;;;;; 495000))
8311 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8312
8313 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8314 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8315 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8316
8317 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8318
8319 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8320
8321 ;;;***
8322 \f
8323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21607 54478 800121
8324 ;;;;;; 42000))
8325 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8326
8327 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8328 Run Emerge on two files.
8329
8330 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8331
8332 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8333 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8334
8335 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8336
8337 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8338 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8339
8340 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8341
8342 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8343 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8344
8345 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8346
8347 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8348
8349
8350 \(fn)" nil nil)
8351
8352 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8353
8354
8355 \(fn)" nil nil)
8356
8357 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8358
8359
8360 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8361
8362 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8363
8364
8365 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8366
8367 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8368 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8369
8370 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8371
8372 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8373 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8374
8375 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8376
8377 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8378
8379
8380 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8381
8382 ;;;***
8383 \f
8384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21691 38459
8385 ;;;;;; 74604 918000))
8386 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8387
8388 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8389 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8390 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8391 text/enriched format.
8392
8393 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8394 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8395 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8396
8397 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8398
8399 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8400 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8401
8402 Commands:
8403
8404 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8405
8406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8407
8408 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8409
8410
8411 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8412
8413 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8414
8415
8416 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8417
8418 ;;;***
8419 \f
8420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21948 40114 234686 453000))
8421 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8422
8423 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8424 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8425
8426 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8427
8428 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8429 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8430
8431 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8432
8433 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8434 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8435 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8436 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8437 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8438 the keys are listed.
8439 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8440
8441 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8442
8443 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8444 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8445 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8446
8447 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8448
8449 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8450 Verify FILE.
8451
8452 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8453
8454 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8455 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8456
8457 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8458
8459 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8460 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8461
8462 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8463
8464 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8465 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8466
8467 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8468 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8469 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8470 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8471
8472 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8473 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8474 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8475 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8476 should consider using the string based counterpart
8477 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8478 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8479
8480 For example:
8481
8482 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8483 (decode-coding-string
8484 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8485 'utf-8))
8486
8487 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8488
8489 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8490 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8491
8492 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8493 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8494
8495 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8496
8497 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8498
8499 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8500 Verify the current region between START and END.
8501
8502 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8503 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8504 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8505 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8506 should consider using the string based counterpart
8507 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8508 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8509
8510 For example:
8511
8512 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8513 (decode-coding-string
8514 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8515 'utf-8))
8516
8517 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8518
8519 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8520
8521 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8522 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8523 between START and END.
8524
8525 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8526 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8527
8528 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8529
8530 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8531
8532 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8533 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8534
8535 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8536 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8537 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8538 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8539 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8540 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8541
8542 For example:
8543
8544 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8545 (epg-sign-string
8546 context
8547 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8548
8549 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8550
8551 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8552
8553 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8554 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8555
8556 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8557 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8558 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8559 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8560 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8561 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8562
8563 For example:
8564
8565 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8566 (epg-encrypt-string
8567 context
8568 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8569 nil))
8570
8571 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8572
8573 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8574
8575 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8576 Delete selected KEYS.
8577
8578 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8579
8580 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8581 Import keys from FILE.
8582
8583 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8584
8585 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8586 Import keys from the region.
8587
8588 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8589
8590 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8591 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8592 between START and END.
8593
8594 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8595
8596 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8597 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8598
8599 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8600
8601 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8602 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8603
8604 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8605
8606 ;;;***
8607 \f
8608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
8609 ;;;;;; 725000))
8610 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8611
8612 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8613 Decrypt marked files.
8614
8615 \(fn)" t nil)
8616
8617 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8618 Verify marked files.
8619
8620 \(fn)" t nil)
8621
8622 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8623 Sign marked files.
8624
8625 \(fn)" t nil)
8626
8627 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8628 Encrypt marked files.
8629
8630 \(fn)" t nil)
8631
8632 ;;;***
8633 \f
8634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
8635 ;;;;;; 725000))
8636 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8637
8638 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8639
8640
8641 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8642
8643 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8644
8645
8646 \(fn)" t nil)
8647
8648 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8649
8650
8651 \(fn)" t nil)
8652
8653 ;;;***
8654 \f
8655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21670 32330 885624
8656 ;;;;;; 725000))
8657 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8658
8659 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8660 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8662 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8663 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8664
8665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8666
8667 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8668 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8669 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8670
8671 \(fn)" t nil)
8672
8673 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8674
8675 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8676 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8677 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8678
8679 \(fn)" t nil)
8680
8681 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8682
8683 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8684 Sign the current buffer.
8685 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8686
8687 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8688
8689 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8690
8691 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8692 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8693 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8694 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8695 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8696 and also whether and how to sign.
8697
8698 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8699 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8700 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8701
8702 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8703
8704 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8705
8706 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8707 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8708 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8709
8710 \(fn)" t nil)
8711
8712 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8713
8714 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8715 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8716 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8719 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8720
8721 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8722
8723 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8724 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8726 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8727 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8728
8729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8730
8731 ;;;***
8732 \f
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21931 31023 725164 572000))
8734 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8735 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8736
8737 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8738 Return a context object.
8739
8740 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8741
8742 ;;;***
8743 \f
8744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21927 33969 780642
8745 ;;;;;; 720000))
8746 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8747
8748 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8749 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8750
8751 \(fn)" nil nil)
8752
8753 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8754 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8755
8756 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8757
8758 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8759 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8760
8761 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8762
8763 ;;;***
8764 \f
8765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21907 48688 693360 195000))
8766 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8767 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8768
8769 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8770 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8771
8772 \(fn)" nil nil)
8773
8774 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8775 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8776 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8777
8778 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8779
8780 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8781 (server (erc-compute-server))
8782 (port (erc-compute-port))
8783 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8784 password
8785 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8786
8787 That is, if called with
8788
8789 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8790
8791 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8792 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8793 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8794
8795 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8796
8797 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8798
8799 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8800 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8801 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8802
8803 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8804
8805 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8806 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8807 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8808 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8809
8810 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8811
8812 ;;;***
8813 \f
8814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21670
8815 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
8816 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8817 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8818
8819 ;;;***
8820 \f
8821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21670 32330
8822 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8824 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8825
8826 ;;;***
8827 \f
8828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21670 32330
8829 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8831 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8832
8833 ;;;***
8834 \f
8835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21670 32330
8836 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8838 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8839
8840 ;;;***
8841 \f
8842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21948 40114 242686
8843 ;;;;;; 453000))
8844 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8845 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8846
8847 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8848 Parser for /dcc command.
8849 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8850 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8851 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8852
8853 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8854
8855 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8856 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8857
8858 \(fn)" nil nil)
8859
8860 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8861 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8862
8863 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8864 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8865 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8866 that subcommand.
8867
8868 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8869
8870 ;;;***
8871 \f
8872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8873 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8875 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8876
8877 ;;;***
8878 \f
8879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21855
8880 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
8881 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8882
8883 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8884 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8885
8886 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8887
8888 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8889 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8890 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8891 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8892
8893 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8894
8895 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8896
8897
8898 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8899
8900 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8901 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8902
8903 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8904
8905 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8906 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8907
8908 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8909
8910 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8911 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8912
8913 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8914
8915 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8916 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8917
8918 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8919
8920 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8921 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8922
8923 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8924
8925 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8926 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8927
8928 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8929
8930 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8931 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8932
8933 \(fn)" nil nil)
8934
8935 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8936 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8937
8938 \(fn)" nil nil)
8939
8940 ;;;***
8941 \f
8942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21670 32330 885624
8943 ;;;;;; 725000))
8944 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8945 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8946
8947 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8948 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8949 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8950
8951 \(fn)" nil nil)
8952
8953 ;;;***
8954 \f
8955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21670 32330
8956 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8957 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8958 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8959
8960 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8961 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8962 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8963 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8964 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8965 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8966 system.
8967
8968 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8969
8970 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8971
8972
8973 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8974
8975 ;;;***
8976 \f
8977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21670 32330
8978 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8979 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8980
8981 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8982
8983
8984 \(fn)" nil nil)
8985
8986 ;;;***
8987 \f
8988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21670 32330 885624
8989 ;;;;;; 725000))
8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8991 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8992
8993 ;;;***
8994 \f
8995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21670 32330 885624
8996 ;;;;;; 725000))
8997 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8998 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8999
9000 ;;;***
9001 \f
9002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21670 32330 885624
9003 ;;;;;; 725000))
9004 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9005 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9006
9007 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9008 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9009 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9010 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9011 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9012 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9013
9014 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9015
9016 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9017 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9018 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9019 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9020
9021 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9022 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9023 automatically.
9024
9025 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9026 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9027
9028 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9029
9030 ;;;***
9031 \f
9032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21670 32330
9033 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9035 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9036
9037 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9038 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9039
9040 \(fn)" t nil)
9041
9042 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9043 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9044
9045 \(fn)" t nil)
9046
9047 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9048 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9049
9050 \(fn)" t nil)
9051
9052 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9053 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9054
9055 \(fn)" t nil)
9056
9057 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9058 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9059
9060 \(fn)" t nil)
9061
9062 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9063 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9064
9065 \(fn)" t nil)
9066
9067 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9068 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9069
9070 \(fn)" t nil)
9071
9072 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9073 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9074
9075 \(fn)" t nil)
9076
9077 ;;;***
9078 \f
9079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
9080 ;;;;;; 725000))
9081 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9082 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9083
9084 ;;;***
9085 \f
9086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21670
9087 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9088 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9089 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9090
9091 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9092 Show who's gone.
9093
9094 \(fn)" nil nil)
9095
9096 ;;;***
9097 \f
9098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21670
9099 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9101
9102 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9103 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9104 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9105 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9106
9107 \(fn)" nil nil)
9108
9109 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9110 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9111
9112 \(fn)" t nil)
9113
9114 ;;;***
9115 \f
9116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21670 32330
9117 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9119 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9120
9121 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9122 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9123 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9124 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9125
9126 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9127
9128 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9129
9130
9131 \(fn)" nil nil)
9132
9133 ;;;***
9134 \f
9135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21670 32330 885624
9136 ;;;;;; 725000))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9138 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9139
9140 ;;;***
9141 \f
9142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21855
9143 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9145 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9146
9147 ;;;***
9148 \f
9149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21670 32330
9150 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9151 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9152 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9153
9154 ;;;***
9155 \f
9156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
9157 ;;;;;; 725000))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9159 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9160
9161 ;;;***
9162 \f
9163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21670
9164 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9165 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9166 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9167
9168 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9169 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9170
9171 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9172
9173 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9174 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9175 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9176
9177 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9178
9179 ;;;***
9180 \f
9181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21670 32330
9182 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9184 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9185
9186 ;;;***
9187 \f
9188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21670
9189 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9191
9192 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9193 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9194 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9195
9196 \(fn)" t nil)
9197
9198 ;;;***
9199 \f
9200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21727
9201 ;;;;;; 11963 635339 992000))
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9203 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9204
9205 ;;;***
9206 \f
9207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21860 18496
9208 ;;;;;; 27951 644000))
9209 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9210 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9211
9212 ;;;***
9213 \f
9214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21670 32330
9215 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9216 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9217
9218 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9219 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9220 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9221
9222 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9223
9224 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9225 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9227 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9228 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9229
9230 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9231 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9232 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9233 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9234
9235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9236 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9237
9238 ;;;***
9239 \f
9240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21670
9241 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9242 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9243 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9244
9245 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9246 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9247 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9248 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9249
9250 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9251
9252 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9253 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9254 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9255
9256 \(fn)" t nil)
9257
9258 ;;;***
9259 \f
9260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9261 ;;;;;; 725000))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9263 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9264
9265 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9266 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9267
9268 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9269
9270 ;;;***
9271 \f
9272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21870 18240 719373
9273 ;;;;;; 247000))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9275
9276 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9277 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9278
9279 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9280 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9281
9282 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9283 useful for assertions in BODY.
9284
9285 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9286
9287 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9288 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9289 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9290
9291 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9292
9293 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9294
9295 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9296
9297 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9298
9299 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9300
9301 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9302 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9303
9304 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9305 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9306 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9307 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9308
9309 Returns the stats object.
9310
9311 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9312
9313 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9314 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9315
9316 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9317 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9318 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9319 the tests).
9320
9321 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9322
9323 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9324 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9325
9326 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9327 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9328 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9329 and how to display message.
9330
9331 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9332
9333 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9334
9335 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9336 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9337
9338 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9339
9340 ;;;***
9341 \f
9342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21670 32330
9343 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9345
9346 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9347
9348 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9349 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9350
9351 \(fn)" t nil)
9352
9353 ;;;***
9354 \f
9355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21861 39358
9356 ;;;;;; 497944 643000))
9357 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9358
9359 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9360 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9361
9362 \(fn)" t nil)
9363
9364 ;;;***
9365 \f
9366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21670 32330 885624
9367 ;;;;;; 725000))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9369 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9370
9371 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9372 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9373 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9374 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9375 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9376 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9377 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9378 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9379 buffer selected (or created).
9380
9381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9382
9383 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9384 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9385 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9386
9387 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9388
9389 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9390 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9391 The result might be any Lisp object.
9392 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9393 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9394 corresponding to a successful execution.
9395
9396 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9397
9398 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9399
9400 ;;;***
9401 \f
9402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21919 39857 637327
9403 ;;;;;; 44000))
9404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9405
9406 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9407 File name of tags table.
9408 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9409 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9410 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9411 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9412 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9413
9414 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9415 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9416 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9417 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9418
9419 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9420
9421 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9422 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9423 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9424 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9425 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9426 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9427
9428 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9429
9430 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9431 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9432 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9433
9434 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9435
9436 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9437 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9438 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9439 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9440 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9441
9442 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9443
9444 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9445 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9446 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9447 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9448
9449 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9450
9451 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9452 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9453 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9454 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9455 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9456
9457 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9458
9459 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9460 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9461
9462 \(fn)" t nil)
9463
9464 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9465 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9466 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9467 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9468
9469 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9470 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9471 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9472 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9473 file the tag was in.
9474
9475 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9476
9477 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9478 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9479 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9480 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9481 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9482 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9483 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9484 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9485 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9486
9487 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9488
9489 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9490 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9491 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9492 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9493 without directory names.
9494
9495 \(fn)" nil nil)
9496
9497 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9498
9499
9500 \(fn)" nil nil)
9501 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9502 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9503 (progn
9504 (load "etags")
9505 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9506
9507 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9508 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9509 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9510 but does not select the buffer.
9511 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9512
9513 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9514 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9515 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9516 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9517 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9518
9519 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9520
9521 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9522 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9523 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9524
9525 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9526
9527 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9528
9529 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9530 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9531 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9532 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9533
9534 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9535 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9536 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9537 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9538 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9539
9540 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9541
9542 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9543 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9544 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9545
9546 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9547
9548 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9549
9550 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9551
9552 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9553 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9554 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9555 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9556 around or before point.
9557
9558 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9559 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9560 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9561 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9562 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9563
9564 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9565
9566 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9567 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9568 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9569
9570 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9571
9572 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9573
9574 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9575
9576 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9577 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9578 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9579 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9580 around or before point.
9581
9582 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9583 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9584 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9585 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9586 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9587
9588 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9589
9590 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9591 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9592 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9593
9594 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9595
9596 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9597
9598 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9599
9600 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9601 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9602 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9603
9604 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9605 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9606 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9607 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9608 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9609
9610 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9611
9612 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9613 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9614 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9615
9616 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9617
9618 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9619
9620 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9621
9622 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9623
9624 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9625 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9626
9627 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9628 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9629 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9630
9631 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9632 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9633
9634 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9635 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9636
9637 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9638
9639 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9640 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9641 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9642 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9643
9644 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9645 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9646 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9647 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9648 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9649
9650 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9651
9652 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9653
9654 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9655 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9656 Stops when a match is found.
9657 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9658
9659 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9660 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9661 restricted to these files.
9662
9663 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9664
9665 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9666
9667 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9668 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9669 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9670 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9671 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9672 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9673 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9674 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9675
9676 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9677 produce the list of files to search.
9678
9679 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9680
9681 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9682
9683 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9684 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9685 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9686 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9687 directory specification.
9688
9689 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9690
9691 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9692 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9693
9694 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9695
9696 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9697
9698 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9699 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9700 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9701 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9702
9703 \(fn)" t nil)
9704
9705 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9706 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9707 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9708 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9709 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9710
9711 \(fn)" t nil)
9712
9713 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9714
9715
9716 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9717
9718 ;;;***
9719 \f
9720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21862
9721 ;;;;;; 60209 768658 443000))
9722 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9723
9724 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9725
9726
9727 \(fn)" nil nil)
9728
9729 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9730 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9731
9732 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9733 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9734
9735 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9736 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9737 primary language.
9738
9739 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9740 even if the buffer is read-only.
9741
9742 See also the descriptions of the variables
9743 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9744
9745 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9746
9747 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9748 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9749
9750 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9751 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9752
9753 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9754 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9755 primary language.
9756
9757 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9758 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9759
9760 See also the descriptions of the variables
9761 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9762
9763 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9764
9765 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9766 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9767 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9768 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9769
9770 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9771
9772 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9773 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9774 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9775 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9776
9777 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9778 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9779 primary language.
9780
9781 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9782 buffer is read-only.
9783
9784 See also the descriptions of the variables
9785 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9786 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9787
9788 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9789
9790 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9791 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9792
9793 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9794 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9795
9796 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9797 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9798 the primary language.
9799
9800 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9801 buffer is read-only.
9802
9803 See also the descriptions of the variables
9804 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9805 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9806
9807 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9808
9809 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9810 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9811 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9812
9813 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9814
9815 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9816 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9817
9818 \(fn)" t nil)
9819
9820 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9821 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9822
9823 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9824 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9825 be 1, 2, or 3.
9826
9827 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9828 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9829 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9830
9831 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9832
9833 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9834
9835 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9836 This function is deprecated.
9837
9838 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9839
9840 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9841 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9842
9843 \(fn)" t nil)
9844
9845 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9846 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9847
9848 \(fn)" t nil)
9849
9850 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9851 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9852
9853 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9854 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9855
9856 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9857 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9858
9859 \(fn)" nil nil)
9860
9861 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9862 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9863
9864 \(fn)" nil nil)
9865
9866 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9867 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9868
9869 \(fn)" nil nil)
9870
9871 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9872 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9873
9874 \(fn)" nil nil)
9875
9876 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9877 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9878 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9879
9880 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9881
9882 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9883
9884
9885 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9886
9887 ;;;***
9888 \f
9889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21799 41767 21224 988000))
9890 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9891
9892 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9893 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9894 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9895 server for future sessions.
9896
9897 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9898
9899 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9900 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9901 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9902
9903 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9904
9905 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9906 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9907 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9908
9909 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9910
9911 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9912 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9913 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9914 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9915 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9916 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9917 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9918 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9919 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9920 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9921 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9922 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9923
9924 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9925
9926 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9927 Display a form to query the directory server.
9928 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9929 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9930
9931 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9932
9933 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9934 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9935 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9936
9937 \(fn)" t nil)
9938
9939 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9940
9941 ;;;***
9942 \f
9943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21704 50495 455324
9944 ;;;;;; 752000))
9945 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9946
9947 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9948 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9949
9950 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9951
9952 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9953 Display URL and make it clickable.
9954
9955 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9956
9957 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9958 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9959
9960 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9961
9962 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9963 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9964
9965 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9966
9967 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9968 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9969
9970 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9971
9972 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9973 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9974
9975 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9976
9977 ;;;***
9978 \f
9979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21794 23865
9980 ;;;;;; 772631 636000))
9981 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9982
9983 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9984 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9985 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9986
9987 \(fn)" t nil)
9988
9989 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9990 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9991
9992 \(fn)" t nil)
9993
9994 ;;;***
9995 \f
9996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21704
9997 ;;;;;; 50495 455324 752000))
9998 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9999
10000 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10001 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10002
10003 \(fn)" t nil)
10004
10005 ;;;***
10006 \f
10007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21670 32330 885624
10008 ;;;;;; 725000))
10009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10010
10011 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10012 Create an empty ewoc.
10013
10014 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10015
10016 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10017 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10018 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10019 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10020 `insert-before-markers'.
10021
10022 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10023 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10024 respectively, of the ewoc.
10025
10026 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10027 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10028 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10029
10030 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10031
10032 ;;;***
10033 \f
10034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21826 49851 770496 504000))
10035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10036
10037 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10038 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10039 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10040 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10041 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10042
10043 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10044
10045 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10046 Fetch URL and render the page.
10047 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10048 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10049
10050 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10051 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10052
10053 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10054 Render FILE using EWW.
10055
10056 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10057
10058 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10059 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10060 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10061
10062 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10063
10064 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10065 Mode for browsing the web.
10066
10067 \(fn)" t nil)
10068
10069 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10070
10071
10072 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10073
10074 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10075 Display the bookmarks.
10076
10077 \(fn)" t nil)
10078
10079 ;;;***
10080 \f
10081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21880
10082 ;;;;;; 39991 389803 616000))
10083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10084
10085 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10086 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10087 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10088
10089 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10090
10091 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10092 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10093 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10094 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10095 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10096
10097 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10098
10099 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10100 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10101 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10102 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10103 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10104 executable.
10105
10106 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10107
10108 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10109 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10110 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10111 file modes.
10112
10113 \(fn)" nil nil)
10114
10115 ;;;***
10116 \f
10117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
10118 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10119
10120 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10121 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10122 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10123 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10124
10125 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10126
10127 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10128 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10129 to generate such functions.
10130
10131 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10132 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10133 beginning of the expanded text.
10134
10135 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10136 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10137 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10138 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10139
10140 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10141
10142 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10143
10144 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10145 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10146 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10147
10148 \(fn)" nil nil)
10149
10150 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10151 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10152 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10153
10154 \(fn)" t nil)
10155
10156 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10157 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10158 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10159
10160 \(fn)" t nil)
10161 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10162 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10163
10164 ;;;***
10165 \f
10166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21914 21937 459876
10167 ;;;;;; 215000))
10168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10169
10170 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10171 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10172 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10173
10174 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10175 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10176 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10177
10178 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10179
10180 Key definitions:
10181 \\{f90-mode-map}
10182
10183 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10184
10185 `f90-do-indent'
10186 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10187 `f90-if-indent'
10188 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10189 `f90-type-indent'
10190 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10191 `f90-program-indent'
10192 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10193 (default 2).
10194 `f90-associate-indent'
10195 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10196 `f90-critical-indent'
10197 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10198 `f90-continuation-indent'
10199 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10200 `f90-comment-region'
10201 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10202 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10203 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10204 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10205 (default \"!\").
10206 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10207 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10208 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10209 `f90-break-delimiters'
10210 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10211 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10212 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10213 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10214 (default t).
10215 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10216 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10217 `f90-smart-end'
10218 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10219 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10220 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10221 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10222 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10223 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10224 `f90-leave-line-no'
10225 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10226
10227 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10228 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10229
10230 \(fn)" t nil)
10231
10232 ;;;***
10233 \f
10234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21888 47150 706945
10235 ;;;;;; 440000))
10236 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10237
10238 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10239 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10240 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10241 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10242
10243 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10244 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10245 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10246 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10247 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10248
10249 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10250 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10251 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10252 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10253 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10254 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10255 attributes.
10256
10257 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10258 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10259
10260 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10261
10262 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10263 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10264 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10265 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10266
10267 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10268
10269 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10270 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10271 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10272 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10273
10274 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10275 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10276 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10277
10278 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10279 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10280 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10281 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10282
10283 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10284
10285 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10286 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10287 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10288
10289 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10290 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10291 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10292 the same amount).
10293
10294 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10295
10296 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10297 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10298 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10299
10300 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10301 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10302 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10303 will remove any scaling currently active.
10304
10305 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10306
10307 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10308 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10309 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10310
10311 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10312 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10313 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10314 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10315 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10316
10317 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10318 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10319
10320 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10321
10322 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10323 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10324
10325 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10326 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10327 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10328
10329 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10330 the face height as long as the input event read
10331 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10332
10333 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10334 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10335 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10336 will remove any scaling currently active.
10337
10338 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10339 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10340 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10341 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10342 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10343
10344 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10345
10346 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10347 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10348 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10349 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10350 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10351 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10352
10353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10354
10355 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10356 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10357 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10358 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10359 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10360 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10361 `buffer-face-mode'.
10362
10363 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10364 local, and sets it to FACE.
10365
10366 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10367
10368 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10369 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10370 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10371 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10372 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10373 `face' text property.
10374
10375 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10376 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10377 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10378 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10379
10380 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10381 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10382
10383 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10384
10385 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10386 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10387 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10388 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10389
10390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10391
10392 ;;;***
10393 \f
10394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21607 54478
10395 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
10396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10397 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10398
10399 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10400 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10401 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10402 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10403
10404 \(fn)" nil nil)
10405
10406 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10407 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10408
10409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10410
10411 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10412 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10413 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10414 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10415
10416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10417
10418 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10419 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10420 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10421 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10422 backup file names and the like).
10423
10424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10425
10426 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10427 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10428 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10429 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10430 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10431 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10432 internally by feedmail):
10433
10434 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10435 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10436 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10437 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10438
10439 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10440 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10441 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10442 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10443 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10444
10445 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10446
10447 ;;;***
10448 \f
10449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21948 40114 250686 453000))
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10451
10452 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10453 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10454 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10455 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10456 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10457 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10458 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10459
10460 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10461
10462 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10463 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10464 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10465 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10466 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10467 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10468 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10469
10470 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10471
10472 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10473
10474 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10475 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10476 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10477 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10478 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10479 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10480
10481 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10482
10483 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10484 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10485 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10486 Return value:
10487 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10488 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10489 * otherwise, nil
10490
10491 \(fn E)" t nil)
10492
10493 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10494 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10495 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10496
10497 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10498
10499 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10500 Try to get a file name at point.
10501 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10502
10503 \(fn)" nil nil)
10504
10505 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10506 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10507
10508 \(fn)" t nil)
10509
10510 ;;;***
10511 \f
10512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21740 23998 26747
10513 ;;;;;; 125000))
10514 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10515
10516 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10517 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10518 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10519 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10520
10521 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10522
10523 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10524 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10525 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10526 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10527 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10528 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10529
10530 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10531
10532 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10533 Add FILE to the file cache.
10534
10535 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10536
10537 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10538 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10539 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10540
10541 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10542
10543 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10544 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10545 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10546
10547 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10548
10549 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10550 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10551 This function does not use any external programs.
10552 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10553 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10554 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10555
10556 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10557
10558 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10559 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10560 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10561 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10562 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10563 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10564 \(directories) is done.
10565
10566 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10567
10568 ;;;***
10569 \f
10570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21704 50495 455324
10571 ;;;;;; 752000))
10572 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10573
10574 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10575 Handle file system monitoring event.
10576 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10577
10578 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10579
10580 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10581
10582 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10583
10584 ;;;***
10585 \f
10586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21880 40973 57803 616000))
10587 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10588
10589 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10590 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10591
10592 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10593 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10594 Local Variables list.
10595
10596 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10597 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10598 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10599
10600 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10601
10602 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10603 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10604
10605 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10606
10607 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10608 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10609
10610 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10611 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10612 the -*- line.
10613
10614 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10615 then this function adds it.
10616
10617 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10618
10619 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10620 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10621
10622 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10623
10624 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10625 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10626
10627 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10628
10629 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10630 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10631
10632 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10633
10634 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10635 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10636
10637 \(fn)" t nil)
10638
10639 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10640 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10641
10642 \(fn)" t nil)
10643
10644 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10645 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10646
10647 \(fn)" t nil)
10648
10649 ;;;***
10650 \f
10651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21670 32330 885624
10652 ;;;;;; 725000))
10653 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10654
10655 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10656 Filesets initialization.
10657 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10658
10659 \(fn)" nil nil)
10660
10661 ;;;***
10662 \f
10663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21670 32330 885624
10664 ;;;;;; 725000))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10666 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10667
10668 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10669 Initiate the building of a find command.
10670 For example:
10671
10672 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10673 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10674 (mtime \"+1\"))
10675 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10676
10677 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10678 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10679
10680 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10681
10682 ;;;***
10683 \f
10684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
10685 ;;;;;; 725000))
10686 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10687
10688 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10689 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10690 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10691
10692 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10693
10694 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10695 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10696
10697 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10698
10699 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10700 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10701 and run Dired on those files.
10702 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10703 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10704
10705 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10706
10707 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10708
10709 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10710
10711 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10712 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10713 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10714
10715 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10716 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10717
10718 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10719 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10720
10721 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10722
10723 ;;;***
10724 \f
10725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
10726 ;;;;;; 725000))
10727 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10728
10729 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10730 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10731 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10732 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10733 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10734 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10735 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10736
10737 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10738
10739 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10740 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10741 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10742
10743 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10744
10745 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10746
10747 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10748
10749 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10750 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10751 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10752
10753 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10754 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10755
10756 Variables of interest include:
10757
10758 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10759 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10760 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10761
10762 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10763 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10764 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10765
10766 - `ff-ignore-include'
10767 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10768
10769 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10770 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10771
10772 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10773 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10774
10775 - `ff-special-constructs'
10776 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10777 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10778 extracting the filename from that construct.
10779
10780 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10781 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10782
10783 - `ff-search-directories'
10784 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10785 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10786
10787 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10788 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10789
10790 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10791 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10792
10793 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10794 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10795
10796 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10797 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10798
10799 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10800 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10801
10802 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10803
10804 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10805 Visit the file you click on.
10806
10807 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10808
10809 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10810 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10811
10812 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10813
10814 ;;;***
10815 \f
10816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21895
10817 ;;;;;; 57521 598301 332000))
10818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10819
10820 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10821 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10822 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10823
10824 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10825
10826 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10827 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10828 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10829 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10830
10831 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10832 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10833 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10834 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10835
10836 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10837
10838 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10839 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10840
10841 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10842 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10843 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10844 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10845
10846 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10847 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10848 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10849
10850 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10851 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10852 in `load-path'.
10853
10854 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10855
10856 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10857 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10858
10859 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10860 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10861 places point before the definition.
10862 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10863
10864 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10865 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10866 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10867
10868 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10869
10870 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10871 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10872
10873 See `find-function' for more details.
10874
10875 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10876
10877 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10878 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10879
10880 See `find-function' for more details.
10881
10882 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10883
10884 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10885 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10886
10887 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10888 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10889 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10890
10891 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10892 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10893
10894 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10895
10896 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10897 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10898
10899 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10900 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10901 places point before the definition.
10902
10903 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10904
10905 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10906 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10907 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10908
10909 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10910
10911 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10912 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10913
10914 See `find-variable' for more details.
10915
10916 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10917
10918 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10919 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10920
10921 See `find-variable' for more details.
10922
10923 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10924
10925 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10926 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10927 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10928 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10929 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10930 buffer nor display it.
10931
10932 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10933 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10934
10935 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10936
10937 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10938 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10939
10940 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10941 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10942 places point before the definition.
10943
10944 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10945
10946 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10947 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10948 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10949
10950 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10951
10952 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10953 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10954 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10955
10956 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10957
10958 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
10959 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
10960 See `find-function-on-key'.
10961
10962 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10963
10964 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
10965 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
10966 See `find-function-on-key'.
10967
10968 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10969
10970 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10971 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10972
10973 \(fn)" t nil)
10974
10975 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10976 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10977
10978 \(fn)" t nil)
10979
10980 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10981 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10982
10983 \(fn)" nil nil)
10984
10985 ;;;***
10986 \f
10987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21670 32330 885624
10988 ;;;;;; 725000))
10989 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10990
10991 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10992 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10993
10994 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10995
10996 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10997 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10998
10999 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11000
11001 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11002 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11003
11004 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11005
11006 ;;;***
11007 \f
11008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21874 386 410923 336000))
11009 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11010 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11011
11012 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11013 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11014
11015 \(fn)" t nil)
11016
11017 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11018 Display FILE's commentary section.
11019 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11020
11021 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11022
11023 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11024 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11025
11026 \(fn)" t nil)
11027
11028 ;;;***
11029 \f
11030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21670 32330 885624
11031 ;;;;;; 725000))
11032 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11033
11034 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11035 Toggle flow control handling.
11036 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11037 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11038
11039 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11040
11041 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11042 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11043 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11044 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11045 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11046 to get the effect of a C-q.
11047
11048 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11049
11050 ;;;***
11051 \f
11052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21670 32330
11053 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11055
11056 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11057
11058
11059 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11060
11061 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11062
11063
11064 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11065
11066 ;;;***
11067 \f
11068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21907 48688
11069 ;;;;;; 777360 195000))
11070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11071 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11072
11073 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11074 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11075 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11076 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11077 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11078 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11079
11080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11081
11082 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11083 Turn flymake mode on.
11084
11085 \(fn)" nil nil)
11086
11087 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11088 Turn flymake mode off.
11089
11090 \(fn)" nil nil)
11091
11092 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11093
11094
11095 \(fn)" nil nil)
11096
11097 ;;;***
11098 \f
11099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21948 40114
11100 ;;;;;; 506686 453000))
11101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11102
11103 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11104 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11105
11106 \(fn)" t nil)
11107 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11108
11109 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11110 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11111 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11112 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11113 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11114
11115 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11116 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11117 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11118
11119 Bindings:
11120 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11121 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11122 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11123 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11124
11125 Hooks:
11126 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11127
11128 Remark:
11129 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11130 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11131 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11132
11133 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11134 consider adding:
11135 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11136 in your init file.
11137
11138 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11139 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11140
11141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11142
11143 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11144 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11145
11146 \(fn)" nil nil)
11147
11148 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11149 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11150
11151 \(fn)" nil nil)
11152
11153 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11154 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11155
11156 \(fn)" nil nil)
11157
11158 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11159 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11160
11161 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11162
11163 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11164 Flyspell whole buffer.
11165
11166 \(fn)" t nil)
11167
11168 ;;;***
11169 \f
11170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21824 11953 672190
11171 ;;;;;; 35000))
11172 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11173 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11174
11175 ;;;***
11176 \f
11177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11178 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11179
11180 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11181 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11182
11183 \(fn)" nil nil)
11184
11185 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11186 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11187
11188 \(fn)" nil nil)
11189
11190 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11191 Toggle Follow mode.
11192 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11193 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11194 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11195
11196 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11197 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11198
11199 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11200 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11201 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11202
11203 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11204 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11205 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11206 movement commands.
11207
11208 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11209 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11210 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11211 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11212 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11213 mileage may vary).
11214
11215 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11216 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11217
11218 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11219
11220 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11221
11222 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11223 \\{follow-mode-map}
11224
11225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11226
11227 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11228 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11229
11230 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11231 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11232 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11233 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11234 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11235 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11236
11237 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11238 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11239 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11240
11241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11242
11243 ;;;***
11244 \f
11245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21814 9129 310503
11246 ;;;;;; 742000))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11248 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11249
11250 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11251 Toggle Footnote mode.
11252 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11253 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11254 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11255
11256 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11257 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11258 play around with the following keys:
11259 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11260
11261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11262
11263 ;;;***
11264 \f
11265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21852 24381 567240 49000))
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11267
11268 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11269 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11270
11271 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11272 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11273 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11274 C-c < forms-first-record <
11275 C-c > forms-last-record >
11276 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11277 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11278 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11279 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11280 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11281 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11282 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11283 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11284 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11285 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11286
11287 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11288
11289 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11290 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11291
11292 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11293
11294 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11295 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11296
11297 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11298
11299 ;;;***
11300 \f
11301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21914 21937
11302 ;;;;;; 467876 215000))
11303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11304
11305 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11306 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11307 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11308
11309 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11310 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11311
11312 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11313
11314 Key definitions:
11315 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11316
11317 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11318
11319 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11320 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11321 `fortran-do-indent'
11322 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11323 `fortran-if-indent'
11324 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11325 `fortran-structure-indent'
11326 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11327 (default 3)
11328 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11329 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11330 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11331 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11332 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11333 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11334 nil don't change the indentation
11335 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11336 value of either
11337 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11338 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11339 depending on the continuation format in use.
11340 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11341 indentation for a line of code.
11342 (default 'fixed)
11343 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11344 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11345 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11346 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11347 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11348 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11349 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11350 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11351 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11352 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11353 column 5.
11354 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11355 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11356 statements (default nil).
11357 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11358 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11359 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11360 `fortran-continuation-string'
11361 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11362 line (default \"$\").
11363 `fortran-comment-region'
11364 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11365 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11366 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11367 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11368 as typed (default t).
11369 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11370 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11371
11372 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11373 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11374
11375 \(fn)" t nil)
11376
11377 ;;;***
11378 \f
11379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21670 32331 385639
11380 ;;;;;; 720000))
11381 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11382
11383 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11384 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11385
11386 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11387 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11388
11389 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11390
11391 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11392 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11393
11394 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11395 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11396
11397 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11398
11399 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11400 Compile fortune file.
11401
11402 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11403 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11404
11405 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11406
11407 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11408 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11409
11410 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11411 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11412 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11413 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11414
11415 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11416
11417 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11418 Display a fortune cookie.
11419 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11420 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11421 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11422 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11423
11424 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11425
11426 ;;;***
11427 \f
11428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21799 41766 981374
11429 ;;;;;; 972000))
11430 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11431
11432 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11433 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11434 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11435
11436 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11437 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11438 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11439
11440 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11441 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11442
11443 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11444 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11445
11446 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11447 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11448 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11449 intend to modify existing values, do
11450
11451 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11452
11453 before changing anything.
11454
11455 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11456 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11457
11458 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11459 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11460 to restore the frame.
11461
11462 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11463 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11464 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11465
11466 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11467 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11468 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11469 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11470 FILTER A filter function.
11471
11472 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11473 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11474
11475 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11476
11477 where
11478
11479 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11480 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11481 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11482 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11483 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11484 before restoring it.
11485 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11486
11487 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11488 It must return:
11489 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11490 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11491 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11492
11493 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11494 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11495
11496 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11497 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11498 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11499 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11500 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11501 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11502 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11503
11504 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11505
11506 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11507 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11508
11509 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11510
11511 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11512 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11513 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11514 If nil, check all live frames.
11515
11516 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11517
11518 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11519 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11520 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11521 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11522 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11523 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11524 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11525 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11526 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11527 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11528 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11529
11530 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11531
11532 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11533 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11534
11535 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11536 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11537 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11538 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11539 and window-state is not restored.
11540
11541 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11542 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11543
11544 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11545 t All existing frames can be reused.
11546 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11547 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11548 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11549 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11550
11551 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11552 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11553 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11554 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11555 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11556 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11557 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11558 be created from that parameter alist.
11559
11560 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11561 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11562 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11563 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11564 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11565 - the live frame just restored,
11566 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11567 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11568 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11569
11570 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11571 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11572 nil Keep all frames.
11573 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11574 - FRAME, a live frame.
11575 - ACTION, which can be one of
11576 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11577 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11578 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11579 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11580 Return value is ignored.
11581
11582 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11583 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11584 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11585 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11586 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11587
11588 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11589
11590 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11591
11592 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11593 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11594 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11595
11596 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11597
11598 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11599 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11600 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11601
11602 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11603
11604 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11605 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11606 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11607 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11608
11609 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11610
11611 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11612
11613 ;;;***
11614 \f
11615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21720 38720
11616 ;;;;;; 956749 443000))
11617 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11618 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11619
11620 ;;;***
11621 \f
11622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21852 24381
11623 ;;;;;; 917233 10000))
11624 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11625
11626 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11627 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11628 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11629
11630 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11631
11632 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11633 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11634 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11635 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11636 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11637 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11638 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11639
11640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11641
11642 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11643 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11644 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11645 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11646
11647 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11648 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11649 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11650 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11651 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11652
11653 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11654 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11655 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11656 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11657
11658 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11659 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11660 shown in some of the buffers.
11661
11662 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11663
11664 The following commands help control operation :
11665
11666 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11667 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11668
11669 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11670 detailed description of this mode.
11671
11672
11673 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11674 | GDB Toolbar |
11675 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11676 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11677 | | |
11678 | | |
11679 | | |
11680 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11681 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11682 | | (comint-mode) |
11683 | | |
11684 | | |
11685 | | |
11686 | | |
11687 | | |
11688 | | |
11689 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11690 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11691 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11692 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11693 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11694 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11695
11696 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11697
11698 ;;;***
11699 \f
11700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21670 32330
11701 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11703
11704 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11705 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11706 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11707 instead (which see).")
11708
11709 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11710 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11711
11712 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11713 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11714 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11715 documentation string instead.
11716
11717 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11718 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11719 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11720 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11721 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11722 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11723 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11724 enders are actually possible.
11725
11726 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11727 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11728
11729 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11730 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11731 `font-lock-keywords'.
11732
11733 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11734 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11735 runs the macro expansion.
11736
11737 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11738 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11739 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11740
11741 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11742
11743 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11744
11745 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11746
11747 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11748
11749 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11750 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11751
11752 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11753
11754 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11755 Enter generic mode MODE.
11756
11757 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11758 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11759 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11760
11761 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11762 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11763
11764 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11765
11766 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11767 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11768 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11769 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11770 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11771 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11772 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11773 `font-lock-keywords'.
11774
11775 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11776
11777 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11778
11779 ;;;***
11780 \f
11781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21670 32331
11782 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11784
11785 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11786 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11787 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11788 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11789 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11790 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11791
11792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11793
11794 ;;;***
11795 \f
11796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21670 32330
11797 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11799
11800 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11801 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11802 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11803
11804 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11805
11806 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11807 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11808
11809 Guideline for numbers:
11810 1 - error messages
11811 3 - non-serious error messages
11812 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11813 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11814 9 - messages inside loops.
11815
11816 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11817
11818 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11819 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11820 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11821
11822 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11823
11824 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11825 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11826
11827 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11828
11829 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11830 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11831
11832 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11833 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11834 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11835 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11836 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11837 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11838
11839 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11840 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11841 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11842 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11843 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11844
11845 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11846
11847 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11848
11849 ;;;***
11850 \f
11851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11853 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11854 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11855 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11856
11857 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11858 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11859
11860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11861
11862 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11863 Read network news.
11864 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11865 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11866 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11867 name of an NNTP server to use.
11868 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11869 server.
11870
11871 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11872
11873 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11874 Read news as a slave.
11875
11876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11877
11878 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11879 Pop up a frame to read news.
11880 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11881 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11882 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11883 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11884 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11885 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11886 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11887 current display is used.
11888
11889 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11890
11891 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11892 Read network news.
11893 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11894 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11895 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11896
11897 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11898
11899 ;;;***
11900 \f
11901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21670 32330
11902 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11904
11905 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11906 Start Gnus unplugged.
11907
11908 \(fn)" t nil)
11909
11910 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11911 Start Gnus plugged.
11912
11913 \(fn)" t nil)
11914
11915 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11916 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11917
11918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11919
11920 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11921 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11922
11923 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11924 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11925 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11926
11927 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11928 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11929 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11930
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11932
11933 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11934 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11935
11936 \(fn)" nil nil)
11937
11938 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11939 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11940 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11941 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11942 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11943 supported.
11944
11945 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11946
11947 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11948 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11949 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11950 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11951 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11952 supported.
11953
11954 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11955
11956 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11957 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11958
11959 \(fn)" nil nil)
11960
11961 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11962 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11963 downloaded into the agent.
11964
11965 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11966
11967 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11968 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11969 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11970 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11971
11972 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11973
11974 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11975 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11976
11977 \(fn)" t nil)
11978
11979 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11980 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11981
11982 \(fn)" t nil)
11983
11984 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11985 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11986 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11987
11988 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11989
11990 ;;;***
11991 \f
11992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21870 54319
11993 ;;;;;; 237944 669000))
11994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11995
11996 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11997 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11998
11999 \(fn)" nil nil)
12000
12001 ;;;***
12002 \f
12003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21670
12004 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12005 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12006
12007 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12008 Set a bookmark for this article.
12009
12010 \(fn)" t nil)
12011
12012 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12013 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12014
12015 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12016
12017 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12018 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12019 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12020 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12021 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12022
12023 \(fn)" t nil)
12024
12025 ;;;***
12026 \f
12027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21670 32330
12028 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12030
12031 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12032 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12033
12034 Usage:
12035 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12036
12037 \(fn)" t nil)
12038
12039 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12040 Generate the cache active file.
12041
12042 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12043
12044 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12045 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12046
12047 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12048
12049 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12050 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12051 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12052 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12053 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12054 supported.
12055
12056 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12057
12058 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12059 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12060 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12061 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12062 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12063 supported.
12064
12065 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12066
12067 ;;;***
12068 \f
12069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21670 32330
12070 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12072
12073 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12074 Delay this article by some time.
12075 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12076
12077 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12078 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12079
12080 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12081 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12082
12083 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12084 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12085
12086 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12087
12088 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12089 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12090
12091 \(fn)" t nil)
12092
12093 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12094 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12095 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12096 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12097
12098 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12099 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12100
12101 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12102
12103 ;;;***
12104 \f
12105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21670 32330
12106 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12108
12109 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12110
12111
12112 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12113
12114 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12115
12116
12117 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12118
12119 ;;;***
12120 \f
12121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21670 32330
12122 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12124
12125 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12126 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12127
12128 \(fn)" t nil)
12129
12130 ;;;***
12131 \f
12132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21670 32330
12133 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12135
12136 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12137 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12138
12139 \(fn)" t nil)
12140
12141 ;;;***
12142 \f
12143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21670 32330
12144 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12146
12147 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12148 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12149
12150 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12151
12152 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12153
12154 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12155 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12156
12157 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12158
12159 \(fn)" t nil)
12160
12161 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12162 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12163
12164 \(fn)" t nil)
12165
12166 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12167 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12168
12169 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12170 different input formats.
12171
12172 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12173
12174 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12175 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12176
12177 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12178 different input formats.
12179
12180 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12181
12182 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12183 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12184 The PNG is returned as a string.
12185
12186 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12187
12188 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12189 Convert FILE to a Face.
12190 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12191 726 bytes.
12192
12193 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12194
12195 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12196 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12197
12198 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12199
12200 \(fn)" t nil)
12201
12202 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12203 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12204
12205 \(fn)" nil nil)
12206
12207 ;;;***
12208 \f
12209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21670
12210 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12212
12213 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12214 Display gravatar in the From header.
12215 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12216
12217 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12218
12219 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12220 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12221 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12222
12223 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12224
12225 ;;;***
12226 \f
12227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21918 18992
12228 ;;;;;; 805579 660000))
12229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12230
12231 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12232 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12233 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12234 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12235
12236 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12237
12238 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12239 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12240
12241 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12242
12243 ;;;***
12244 \f
12245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21670 32330
12246 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12248
12249 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12250
12251
12252 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12253
12254 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12255
12256
12257 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12258
12259 ;;;***
12260 \f
12261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21670 32330
12262 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12264
12265 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12266
12267 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12268 Run batched scoring.
12269 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12270
12271 \(fn)" t nil)
12272
12273 ;;;***
12274 \f
12275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21670 32330 885624
12276 ;;;;;; 725000))
12277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12278
12279 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12280
12281
12282 \(fn)" nil nil)
12283
12284 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12285 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12286 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12287
12288 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12289
12290 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12291 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12292
12293 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12294
12295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12296
12297 ;;;***
12298 \f
12299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21670 32330
12300 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12302
12303 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12304 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12305 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12306 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12307 group parameters.
12308
12309 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12310 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12311 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12312 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12313
12314 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12315 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12316 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12317 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12318 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12319 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12320 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12321 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12322 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12323 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12324
12325 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12326
12327 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12328 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12329 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12330 nil CATCH-ALL).
12331
12332 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12333 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12334
12335 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12336
12337 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12338 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12339 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12340
12341 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12342
12343 \(fn)" nil nil)
12344
12345 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12346 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12347 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12348
12349 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12350
12351 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12352 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12353 existing groups are considered.
12354
12355 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12356 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12357 returned.
12358
12359 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12360 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12361 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12362 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12363 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12364 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12365 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12366 clauses will be generated.
12367
12368 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12369 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12370 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12371 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12372 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12373 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12374
12375 For example, given the following group parameters:
12376
12377 nnml:mail.bar:
12378 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12379 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12380 nnml:mail.foo:
12381 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12382 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12383 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12384 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12385 nnml:mail.others:
12386 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12387
12388 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12389
12390 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12391 \"mail.bar\")
12392 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12393 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12394 \"mail.others\")
12395
12396 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12397
12398 ;;;***
12399 \f
12400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21725 56638
12401 ;;;;;; 795320 63000))
12402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12403
12404 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12405 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12406 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12407 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12408 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12409 instead.
12410
12411 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12412
12413 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12414 Mail to ADDRESS.
12415
12416 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12417
12418 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12419 Like `message-reply'.
12420
12421 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12422
12423 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12424
12425 ;;;***
12426 \f
12427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12428 ;;;;;; (21757 29489 158925 687000))
12429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12430
12431 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12432 Send a notification on new message.
12433 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12434 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12435 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12436
12437 This is typically a function to add in
12438 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12439
12440 \(fn)" nil nil)
12441
12442 ;;;***
12443 \f
12444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21670 32330
12445 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12447
12448 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12449 Display picons in the From header.
12450 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12451
12452 \(fn)" t nil)
12453
12454 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12455 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12456 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12457
12458 \(fn)" t nil)
12459
12460 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12461 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12462 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12463
12464 \(fn)" t nil)
12465
12466 ;;;***
12467 \f
12468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21670 32330
12469 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12471
12472 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12473 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12474 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12475 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12476
12477 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12478
12479 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12480 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12481 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12482 LIST1 is modified.
12483
12484 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12485
12486 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12487 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12488 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12489
12490 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12491
12492 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12493
12494
12495 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12496
12497 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12498 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12499 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12500
12501 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12502
12503 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12504 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12505 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12506
12507 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12508
12509 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12510
12511 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12512 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12513 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12514
12515 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12516
12517 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12518 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12519 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12520
12521 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12522
12523 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12524 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12525 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12526
12527 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12528
12529 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12530 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12531
12532 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12533
12534 ;;;***
12535 \f
12536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21948
12537 ;;;;;; 40114 254686 453000))
12538 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12539
12540 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12541 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12542
12543 \(fn)" t nil)
12544
12545 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12546 Install the registry hooks.
12547
12548 \(fn)" t nil)
12549
12550 ;;;***
12551 \f
12552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21670 32330
12553 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12555
12556 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12557 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12558 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12559 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12560 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12561 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12562
12563 \(fn)" t nil)
12564
12565 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12566 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12567 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12568 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12569 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12570
12571 \(fn)" t nil)
12572
12573 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12574
12575
12576 \(fn)" t nil)
12577
12578 ;;;***
12579 \f
12580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21670 32330
12581 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12582 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12583
12584 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12585 Update the format specification near point.
12586
12587 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12588
12589 ;;;***
12590 \f
12591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21716 41663
12592 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12594
12595 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12596 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12597
12598 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12599
12600 ;;;***
12601 \f
12602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21855 576 897951
12603 ;;;;;; 62000))
12604 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12605
12606 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12607 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12608 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12609
12610 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12611
12612 ;;;***
12613 \f
12614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21832 3452
12615 ;;;;;; 581913 198000))
12616 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12617
12618 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12619 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12620
12621 \(fn)" t nil)
12622
12623 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12624 Install the sync hooks.
12625
12626 \(fn)" t nil)
12627
12628 ;;;***
12629 \f
12630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21670 32330
12631 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12633
12634 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12635 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12636
12637 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12638
12639 ;;;***
12640 \f
12641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21670 32331 385639
12642 ;;;;;; 720000))
12643 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12644
12645 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12646 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12647 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12648 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12649 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12650 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12651
12652 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12653
12654 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12655
12656 ;;;***
12657 \f
12658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21670 32331 385639
12659 ;;;;;; 720000))
12660 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12661
12662 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12663 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12664
12665 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12666 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12667 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12668
12669 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12670 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12671 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12672
12673 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12674 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12675
12676 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12677 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12678
12679 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12680
12681 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12682
12683 ;;;***
12684 \f
12685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21670 32331
12686 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
12687 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12688
12689 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12690
12691 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12692 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12693 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12694 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12695 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12696
12697 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12698
12699 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12700 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12701 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12702 or to send e-mail.
12703 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12704 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12705
12706 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12707 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12708
12709 \(fn)" t nil)
12710 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12711
12712 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12713 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12714 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12715 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12716 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12717
12718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12719
12720 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12721 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12722
12723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12724
12725 ;;;***
12726 \f
12727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21670 32330
12728 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12729 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12730
12731 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12732 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12733 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12734
12735 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12736
12737 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12738 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12739
12740 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12741
12742 ;;;***
12743 \f
12744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21903 51634 290370
12745 ;;;;;; 580000))
12746 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12747
12748 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12749 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12750
12751 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12752
12753 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12754 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12755 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12756 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12757 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12758
12759 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12760 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12761 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12762
12763 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12764
12765 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12766 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12767 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12768 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12769 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12770
12771 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12772
12773 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12774 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12775
12776 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12777
12778 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12779 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12780
12781 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12782 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12783 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12784
12785 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12786 The default find program.
12787 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12788 and others.")
12789
12790 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12791 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12792 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12793 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12794
12795 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12796 How to invoke find and grep.
12797 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12798 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12799 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12800 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12801
12802 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12803
12804 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12805 History list for grep.")
12806
12807 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12808 History list for grep-find.")
12809
12810 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12811 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12812 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12813
12814 \(fn)" nil nil)
12815
12816 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12817
12818
12819 \(fn)" nil nil)
12820
12821 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12822 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12823
12824 \(fn)" nil nil)
12825
12826 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12827 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12828 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12829 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12830 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12831
12832 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12833 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12834
12835 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12836 can easily repeat a grep command.
12837
12838 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12839 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12840 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12841 list is empty).
12842
12843 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12844
12845 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12846 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12847 Collect output in a buffer.
12848 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12849 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12850
12851 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12852 easily repeat a find command.
12853
12854 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12855
12856 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12857
12858 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12859 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12860 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12861 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12862 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12863
12864 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12865 before it is executed.
12866 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12867
12868 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12869 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12870 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12871
12872 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12873
12874 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12875
12876 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12877 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12878 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12879 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12880 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12881
12882 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12883 before it is executed.
12884 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12885
12886 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12887 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12888 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12889 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12890
12891 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12892
12893 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12894 to specify a command to run.
12895
12896 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12897
12898 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12899 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12900 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12901 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12902
12903 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12904
12905 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12906
12907 ;;;***
12908 \f
12909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
12910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12911
12912 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12913 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12914 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12915 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12916 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12917
12918 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12919
12920 ;;;***
12921 \f
12922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21769 20661 366048
12923 ;;;;;; 601000))
12924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12925
12926 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12927 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12928 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12929 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12930
12931 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12932
12933 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12934 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12935 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12936 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12937
12938 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12939
12940 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12941 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12942 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12943 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12944
12945 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12946
12947 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12948 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12949 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12950 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12951
12952 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12953 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12954
12955 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12956
12957 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12958 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12959 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12960 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12961
12962 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12963
12964 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12965 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12966 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12967 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12968
12969 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12970
12971 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12972 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12973 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12974 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12975
12976 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12977
12978 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12979 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12980 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12981 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12982 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12983
12984 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12985 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12986 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12987 original source file access method.
12988
12989 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12990 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12991
12992 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12993
12994 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12995 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12996
12997 \(fn)" t nil)
12998
12999 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13000 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13001 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13002 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13003 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13004 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13005
13006 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13007
13008 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13009 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13011 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13012 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13013
13014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13015
13016 ;;;***
13017 \f
13018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21916 4736 835897
13019 ;;;;;; 451000))
13020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13021
13022 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13023 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13024 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13025 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13026 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13027 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13028 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13029 set it to.
13030 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13031
13032 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13033
13034 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13035 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13036 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13037 of PLACE.
13038 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13039 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13040 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13041 and SETTER.
13042 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13043 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13044
13045 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13046
13047 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13048
13049 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13050 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13051 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13052 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13053 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13054
13055 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13056
13057 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13058
13059 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13060
13061
13062 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13063
13064 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13065
13066 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13067
13068 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13069 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13070 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13071 well for simple place forms.
13072 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13073 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13074 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13075 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13076 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13077 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13078 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13079
13080 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13081
13082 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13083
13084 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13085 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13086 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13087 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13088 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13089
13090 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13091 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13092 (let ((temp VAL))
13093 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13094 temp)
13095 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13096
13097 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13098
13099 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13100 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13101 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13102 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13103 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13104 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13105
13106 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13107
13108 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13109
13110 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13111 Return a reference to PLACE.
13112 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13113 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13114 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13115 binding mode.
13116
13117 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13118
13119 ;;;***
13120 \f
13121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21852 24381
13122 ;;;;;; 887244 288000))
13123 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13124
13125 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13126 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13127 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13128 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13129
13130 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13131 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13132 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13133 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13134
13135 \(fn)" t nil)
13136
13137 ;;;***
13138 \f
13139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21799 41767 31221
13140 ;;;;;; 635000))
13141 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13142
13143 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13144 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13145
13146 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13147
13148 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13149 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13150 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13151 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13152
13153 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13154
13155 \(fn)" t nil)
13156
13157 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13158 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13159 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13160 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13161 to be updated.
13162
13163 \(fn)" t nil)
13164
13165 ;;;***
13166 \f
13167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21670 32331
13168 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13169 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13170
13171 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13172 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13173
13174 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13175
13176 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13177 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13178 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13179
13180 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13181
13182 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13183 Verify a hashcash payment
13184
13185 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13186
13187 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13188 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13189 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13190 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13191 `mail-add-payment-async').
13192
13193 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13194
13195 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13196 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13197 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13198 Calculation is asynchronous.
13199
13200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13201
13202 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13203 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13204 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13205
13206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13207
13208 ;;;***
13209 \f
13210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21670 32331 385639
13211 ;;;;;; 720000))
13212 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13213
13214 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13215 Return the help-echo string at point.
13216 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13217 property, or nil, is returned.
13218 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13219 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13220 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13221
13222 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13223
13224 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13225 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13226 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13227 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13228 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13229
13230 \(fn)" nil nil)
13231
13232 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13233 Display local help in the echo area.
13234 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13235 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13236 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13237 printed instead.
13238
13239 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13240 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13241 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13242
13243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13244
13245 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13246 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13247 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13248
13249 \(fn)" t nil)
13250
13251 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13252 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13253 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13254
13255 \(fn)" t nil)
13256
13257 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13258 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13259 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13260 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13261 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13262 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13263 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13264 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13265 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13266 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13267 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13268
13269 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13270 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13271 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13272 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13273 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13274
13275 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13276 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13277 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13278 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13279 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13280 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13281 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13282 The default is `never'.")
13283
13284 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13285
13286 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13287 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13288 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13289 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13290 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13291 considered different regions.
13292
13293 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13294 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13295 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13296 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13297 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13298 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13299 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13300 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13301 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13302
13303 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13304
13305 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13306 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13307 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13308 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13309 different regions.
13310
13311 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13312 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13313 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13314 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13315 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13316 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13317 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13318 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13319
13320 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13321 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13322 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13323 rarely happens in practice.
13324
13325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13326
13327 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13328 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13329 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13330 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13331 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13332 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13333
13334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13335
13336 ;;;***
13337 \f
13338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21915 42801 64409
13339 ;;;;;; 735000))
13340 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13341
13342 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13343 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13344
13345 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13346
13347 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13348 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13349 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13350
13351 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13352
13353 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13354 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13355 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13356 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13357 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13358 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13359 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13360
13361 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13362 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13363 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13364 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13365 suitable file is found, return nil.
13366
13367 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13368
13369 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13370
13371
13372 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13373
13374 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13375 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13376 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13377 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13378
13379 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13380
13381 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13382 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13383 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13384 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13385 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13386 it is displayed along with the global value.
13387
13388 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13389
13390 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13391 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13392 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13393
13394 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13395
13396 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13397 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13398 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13399 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13400
13401 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13402
13403 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13404 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13405 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13406 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13407 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13408
13409 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13410
13411 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13412 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13413
13414 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13415
13416 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13417 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13418
13419 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13420
13421 ;;;***
13422 \f
13423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21670 32331 385639
13424 ;;;;;; 720000))
13425 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13426
13427 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13428 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13429 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13430 window listing and describing the options.
13431 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13432 gives the window that lists the options.")
13433
13434 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13435
13436 ;;;***
13437 \f
13438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21915 42801 64409
13439 ;;;;;; 735000))
13440 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13441
13442 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13443 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13444 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13445 Commands:
13446 \\{help-mode-map}
13447
13448 \(fn)" t nil)
13449
13450 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13451
13452
13453 \(fn)" nil nil)
13454
13455 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13456
13457
13458 \(fn)" nil nil)
13459
13460 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13461 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13462
13463 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13464 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13465 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13466 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13467
13468 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13469 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13470 restore it properly when going back.
13471
13472 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13473
13474 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13475 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13476 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13477 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13478 from `help-mode'.
13479 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13480 it does not already exist.
13481
13482 \(fn)" nil nil)
13483
13484 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13485 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13486
13487 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13488 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13489 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13490 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13491 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13492 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13493 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13494 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13495
13496 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13497 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13498 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13499 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13500
13501 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13502 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13503 that.
13504
13505 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13506
13507 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13508 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13509 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13510 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13511 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13512 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13513
13514 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13515
13516 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13517 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13518 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13519 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13520 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13521
13522 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13523
13524 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13525 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13526
13527 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13528
13529 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13530
13531 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13532 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13533 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13534 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13535
13536 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13537
13538 ;;;***
13539 \f
13540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21670 32330
13541 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
13542 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13543
13544 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13545 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13546
13547 \(fn)" t nil)
13548
13549 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13550 Provide help for current mode.
13551
13552 \(fn)" t nil)
13553
13554 ;;;***
13555 \f
13556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21695 35516 595262 313000))
13557 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13558
13559 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13560 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13561 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13562 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13563 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13564
13565 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13566 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13567
13568 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13569 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13570 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13571 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13572
13573 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13574 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13575 periods.
13576
13577 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13578 in hexl format.
13579
13580 A sample format:
13581
13582 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13583 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13584 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13585 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13586 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13587 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13588 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13589 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13590 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13591 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13592 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13593 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13594 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13595 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13596 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13597
13598 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13599 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13600 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13601
13602 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13603 also supported.
13604
13605 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13606
13607 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13608 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13609 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13610
13611 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13612 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13613 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13614
13615 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13616 into the buffer at the current point.
13617
13618 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13619 into the buffer at the current point.
13620
13621 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13622 into the buffer at the current point.
13623
13624 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13625
13626 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13627 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13628
13629 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13630
13631 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13632
13633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13634
13635 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13636 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13637 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13638 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13639
13640 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13641
13642 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13643 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13644 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13645
13646 \(fn)" t nil)
13647
13648 ;;;***
13649 \f
13650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21741 1161 438890 423000))
13651 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13652
13653 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13654 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13655 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13656 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13657 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13658
13659 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13660 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13661 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13662 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13663
13664 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13665 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13666 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13667 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13668
13669 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13670 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13671 which can be called interactively, are:
13672
13673 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13674 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13675
13676 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13677 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13678 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13679 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13680
13681 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13682 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13683
13684 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13685 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13686 available face automatically.
13687
13688 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13689 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13690
13691 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13692 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13693 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13694 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13695 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13696 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13697 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13698 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13699 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13700 function returns t.
13701
13702 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13703 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13704
13705 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13706 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13707 form:
13708 Hi-lock: FOO
13709
13710 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13711 position (number of characters into buffer)
13712 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13713 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13714 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13715
13716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13717
13718 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13719 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13720 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13722 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13723 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13724
13725 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13726
13727 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13728 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13729 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13730 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13731 ARG is omitted or nil.
13732
13733 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13734 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13735 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13736
13737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13738
13739 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13740
13741 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13742 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13743 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13744 Use the global history list for FACE.
13745
13746 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13747 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13748 highlighting will not update as you type.
13749
13750 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13751
13752 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13753
13754 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13755 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13756 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13757 Use the global history list for FACE.
13758
13759 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13760 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13761 highlighting will not update as you type.
13762
13763 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13764
13765 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13766
13767 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13768 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13769 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13770 Use the global history list for FACE.
13771
13772 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13773 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13774 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13775
13776 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13777 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13778 highlighting will not update as you type.
13779
13780 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13781
13782 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13783
13784 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13785 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13786 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13787 unless you use a prefix argument.
13788 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13789
13790 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13791 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13792
13793 \(fn)" t nil)
13794
13795 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13796
13797 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13798 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13799 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13800 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13801 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13802 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13803
13804 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13805
13806 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13807 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13808
13809 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13810 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13811 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13812
13813 \(fn)" t nil)
13814
13815 ;;;***
13816 \f
13817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21799 41767
13818 ;;;;;; 51222 992000))
13819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13820
13821 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13822 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13823 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13824 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13825 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13826
13827 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13828 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13829 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13830 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13831
13832 `hide-ifdef-env'
13833 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13834 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13835 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13836 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13837 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13838 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13839 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13840
13841 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13842 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13843 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13844 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13845 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13846
13847 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13848 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13849 #endif lines when hiding.
13850
13851 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13852 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13853 is activated.
13854
13855 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13856 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13857 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13858
13859 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13860
13861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13862
13863 ;;;***
13864 \f
13865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21670 32331
13866 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13867 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13868
13869 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13870 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13871 Each element has the form
13872 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13873
13874 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13875 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13876
13877 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13878 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13879
13880 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13881 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13882 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13883 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13884 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13885 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13886
13887 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13888 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13889
13890 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13891 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13892
13893 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13894 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13895 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13896
13897 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13898 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13899 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13900 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13901 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13902
13903 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13904 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13905 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13906
13907 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13908 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13909 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13910
13911 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13912 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13913
13914 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13915
13916 Key bindings:
13917 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13918
13919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13920
13921 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13922 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13923
13924 \(fn)" nil nil)
13925
13926 ;;;***
13927 \f
13928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21670 32331 385639
13929 ;;;;;; 720000))
13930 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13931
13932 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13933 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13934 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13935 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13936 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13937
13938 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13939 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13940 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13941 this on and off.
13942
13943 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13944 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13945 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13946 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13947 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13948 through various faces.
13949 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13950 buffer with the contents of a file
13951 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13952
13953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13954
13955 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13956 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13958 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13959 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13960
13961 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13962 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13963 in a distinctive face.
13964
13965 The default value can be customized with variable
13966 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13967
13968 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13969
13970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13971
13972 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13973 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13974 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13975
13976 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13977
13978 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13979 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13980
13981 \(fn)" t nil)
13982
13983 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13984 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13985
13986 \(fn)" t nil)
13987
13988 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13989 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13990
13991 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13992 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13993 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13994 shown in the last face in the list.
13995
13996 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13997 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13998 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13999
14000 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14001
14002 \(fn)" t nil)
14003
14004 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14005 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14006
14007 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14008
14009 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14010 to save the file.
14011
14012 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14013 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14014
14015 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14016 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14017 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14018
14019 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14020
14021 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14022 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14023
14024 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14025 this function is called interactively.
14026
14027 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14028 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14029 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14030
14031 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14032 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14033 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14034
14035 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14036
14037 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14038 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14039 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14040 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14041 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14042 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14043
14044 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14045
14046 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14047 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14048 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14049 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14050 ARG is omitted or nil.
14051
14052 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14053 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14054 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14055
14056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14057
14058 ;;;***
14059 \f
14060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21850 34968 457268
14061 ;;;;;; 630000))
14062 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14063 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14064
14065 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14066 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14067 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14068 or insert functions in this list.")
14069
14070 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14071
14072 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14073 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14074 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14075 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14076 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14077 expansions.
14078 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14079 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14080 undoes the expansion.
14081
14082 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14083
14084 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14085 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14086 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14087 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14088
14089 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14090
14091 ;;;***
14092 \f
14093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21670 32331 385639
14094 ;;;;;; 720000))
14095 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14096
14097 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14098 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14099 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14100 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14101 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14102
14103 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14104 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14105 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14106 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14107 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14108 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14109
14110 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14111 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14112 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14113 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14114
14115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14116
14117 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14118 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14119 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14120 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14121 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14122 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14123
14124 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14125
14126 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14127 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14128 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14129 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14130 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14131
14132 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14133 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14134 windows.
14135
14136 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14137 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14138
14139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14140
14141 ;;;***
14142 \f
14143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21670 32330
14144 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14145 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14146
14147 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14148 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14149 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14150
14151 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14152
14153 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14154
14155 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14156 Oriental holidays.
14157 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14158
14159 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14160
14161 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14162
14163 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14164 Local holidays.
14165 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14166
14167 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14168
14169 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14170
14171 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14172 User defined holidays.
14173 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14174
14175 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14176
14177 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14178
14179 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14180 Jewish holidays.
14181 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14182
14183 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14184
14185 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14186
14187 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14188 Christian holidays.
14189 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14190
14191 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14192
14193 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14194
14195 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14196 Islamic holidays.
14197 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14198
14199 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14200
14201 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14202
14203 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14204 Bahá'í holidays.
14205 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14206
14207 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14208
14209 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14210
14211 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14212 Sun-related holidays.
14213 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14214
14215 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14216
14217 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14218
14219 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14220
14221 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14222 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14223 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14224 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14225
14226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14227
14228 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14229 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14230 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14231 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14232 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14233
14234 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14235 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14236
14237 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14238 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14239
14240 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14241 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14242 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14243 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14244 of a holiday list.
14245
14246 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14247
14248 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14249
14250 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14251
14252 ;;;***
14253 \f
14254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21670 32330
14255 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14257
14258 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14259 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14260
14261 \(fn)" t nil)
14262
14263 ;;;***
14264 \f
14265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21794 23865
14266 ;;;;;; 762631 503000))
14267 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14268 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14269
14270 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14271 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14272 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14273 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14274 as possible.
14275
14276 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14277 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14278 fontified display.
14279
14280 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14281 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14282
14283 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14284 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14285 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14286
14287 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14288
14289 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14290 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14291 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14292
14293 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14294
14295 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14296
14297 ;;;***
14298 \f
14299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
14300 ;;;;;; 720000))
14301 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14302
14303 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14304 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14305
14306 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14307 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14308 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14309
14310 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14311 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14312 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14313 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14314 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14315 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14316
14317 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14318 title of the column.
14319
14320 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14321 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14322 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14323 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14324 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14325
14326 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14327
14328 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14329
14330 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14331 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14332 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14333 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14334 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14335
14336 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14337 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14338 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14339
14340 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14341
14342 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14343
14344 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14345
14346 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14347 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14348 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14349 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14350 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14351 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14352
14353 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14354 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14355 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14356 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14357 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14358 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14359 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14360 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14361 values are:
14362 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14363 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14364 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14365 buffer's modification flag.
14366 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14367 prompted before performing this operation.
14368 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14369 operation is complete, in the form:
14370 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14371 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14372 confirmation message, in the form:
14373 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14374 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14375 macro for exactly what it does.
14376
14377 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14378
14379 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14380
14381 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14382
14383 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14384 Define a filter named NAME.
14385 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14386 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14387 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14388
14389 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14390 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14391 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14392 bound to the current value of the filter.
14393
14394 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14395
14396 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14397
14398 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14399
14400 ;;;***
14401 \f
14402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21855 577 47945 133000))
14403 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14404
14405 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14406 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14407 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14408 buffers which are visiting a file.
14409
14410 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14411
14412 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14413 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14414 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14415 buffers which are visiting a file.
14416
14417 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14418
14419 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14420 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14421 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14422
14423 All arguments are optional.
14424 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14425 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14426 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14427 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14428 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14429 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14430 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14431 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14432 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14433 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14434 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14435 that value locally in this buffer.
14436
14437 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14438
14439 ;;;***
14440 \f
14441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21934
14442 ;;;;;; 7227 609892 708000))
14443 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14444 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14445
14446 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14447 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14448 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14449 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14450
14451 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14452
14453 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14454 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14455 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14456 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14457 ICAL-FILENAME.
14458 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14459 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14460 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14461
14462 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14463
14464 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14465 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14466 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14467 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14468 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14469 non-marking or not.
14470
14471 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14472
14473 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14474 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14475
14476 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14477 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14478 DIARY-FILE.
14479
14480 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14481 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14482 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14483
14484 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14485 non-marking.
14486
14487 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14488 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14489 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14490
14491 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14492
14493 ;;;***
14494 \f
14495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21852 24381 607274
14496 ;;;;;; 219000))
14497 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14498
14499 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14500 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14501 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14502 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14503 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14504 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14505
14506 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14507
14508 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14509 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14511 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14512 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14513
14514 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14515 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14516 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14517 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14518
14519 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14520 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14521
14522 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14523 completions:
14524
14525 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14526
14527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14528 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14529 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14530 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14531 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14532
14533 ;;;***
14534 \f
14535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21670 32331 385639
14536 ;;;;;; 720000))
14537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14538
14539 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14540 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14541 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14542 Tab indents for Icon code.
14543 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14544 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14545 \\{icon-mode-map}
14546 Variables controlling indentation style:
14547 icon-tab-always-indent
14548 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14549 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14550 icon-auto-newline
14551 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14552 inserted in Icon code.
14553 icon-indent-level
14554 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14555 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14556 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14557 icon-continued-statement-offset
14558 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14559 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14560 icon-continued-brace-offset
14561 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14562 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14563 icon-brace-offset
14564 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14565 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14566 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14567 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14568
14569 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14570 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14571
14572 \(fn)" t nil)
14573
14574 ;;;***
14575 \f
14576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21855
14577 ;;;;;; 577 397944 786000))
14578 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14579
14580 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14581 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14582 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14583 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14584
14585 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14586 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14587 separate frames.
14588
14589 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14590 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14591
14592 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14593 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14594 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14595
14596 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14597
14598 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14599
14600 ;;;***
14601 \f
14602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21948 40114
14603 ;;;;;; 438686 453000))
14604 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14605 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14606
14607 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14608 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14609
14610 The main features of this mode are
14611
14612 1. Indentation and Formatting
14613 --------------------------
14614 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14615 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14616
14617 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14618 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14619 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14620 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14621
14622 Comments are indented as follows:
14623
14624 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14625 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14626 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14627
14628 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14629
14630 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14631 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14632 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14633 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14634 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14635 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14636
14637 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14638 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14639 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14640 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14641
14642 2. Routine Info
14643 ------------
14644 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14645 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14646 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14647 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14648 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14649 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14650 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14651 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14652 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14653 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14654
14655 3. Online IDL Help
14656 ---------------
14657
14658 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14659 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14660 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14661 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14662
14663 4. Completion
14664 ----------
14665 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14666 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14667 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14668 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14669 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14670 upper case.
14671
14672 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14673 --------------------------------
14674 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14675 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14676
14677 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14678 \\fu FUNCTION template
14679 \\c CASE statement template
14680 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14681 \\f FOR loop template
14682 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14683 \\w WHILE loop template
14684 \\i IF statement template
14685 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14686 \\b BEGIN
14687
14688 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14689 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14690
14691 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14692 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14693 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14694 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14695
14696 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14697 -------------------------
14698 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14699 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14700
14701 7. Automatic END completion
14702 ------------------------
14703 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14704 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14705
14706 8. Hooks
14707 -----
14708 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14709 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14710
14711 9. Documentation and Customization
14712 -------------------------------
14713 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14714 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14715 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14716 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14717 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14718 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14719
14720 10.Keybindings
14721 -----------
14722 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14723 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14724 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14725
14726 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14727
14728 \(fn)" t nil)
14729
14730 ;;;***
14731 \f
14732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21909 4018 621671 120000))
14733 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14734
14735 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14736 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14737 The following values are possible:
14738 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14739 displaying...)
14740 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14741 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14742 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14743
14744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14745 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14746
14747 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14748
14749 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14750 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14751 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14752 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14753 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14754 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14755 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14756 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14757 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14758
14759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14760
14761 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14762 Switch to another buffer.
14763 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14764 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14765 in another frame.
14766
14767 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14768 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14769 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14770 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14771 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14772
14773 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14774 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14775
14776 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14777
14778 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14779 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14780 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14781 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14782 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14783 in a separate window.
14784 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14785 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14786 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14787 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14788 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14789 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14790 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14791 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14792 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14793
14794 \(fn)" t nil)
14795
14796 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14797 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14798 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14799 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14800
14801 \(fn)" t nil)
14802
14803 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14804 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14805 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14806 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14807
14808 \(fn)" t nil)
14809
14810 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14811 Kill a buffer.
14812 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14813 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14814
14815 \(fn)" t nil)
14816
14817 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14818 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14819 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14820 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14821
14822 \(fn)" t nil)
14823
14824 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14825 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14826 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14827 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14828
14829 \(fn)" t nil)
14830
14831 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14832 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14833
14834 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14835
14836 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14837 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14838 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14839 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14840 in another frame.
14841
14842 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14843 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14844 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14845 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14846 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14847 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14848
14849 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14850 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14851
14852 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14853
14854 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14855 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14856 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14857 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14858 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14859 in a separate window.
14860 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14861 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14862 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14863 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14864 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14865 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14866 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14867 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14868 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14869 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14870 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14871 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14872 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14873 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14874 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14875 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14876 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14877 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14878
14879 \(fn)" t nil)
14880
14881 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14882 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14883 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14884 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14885
14886 \(fn)" t nil)
14887
14888 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14889 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14890 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14891 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14892
14893 \(fn)" t nil)
14894
14895 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14896 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14897 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14898 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14899
14900 \(fn)" t nil)
14901
14902 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14903 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14904 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14905 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14906
14907 \(fn)" t nil)
14908
14909 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14910 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14911 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14912 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14913
14914 \(fn)" t nil)
14915
14916 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14917 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14918 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14919 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14920
14921 \(fn)" t nil)
14922
14923 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14924 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14925 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14926 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14927
14928 \(fn)" t nil)
14929
14930 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14931 Write current buffer to a file.
14932 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14933 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14934
14935 \(fn)" t nil)
14936
14937 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14938 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14939 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14940 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14941
14942 \(fn)" t nil)
14943
14944 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14945 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14946 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14947 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14948
14949 \(fn)" t nil)
14950
14951 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14952 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14953 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14954 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14955 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14956 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14957
14958 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14959
14960 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14961 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14962 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14963 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14964
14965 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14966
14967 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14968 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14969 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14970 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14971
14972 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14973
14974 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14975 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14976 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14977 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14978 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14979 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14980 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14981 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14982 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14983 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14984 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14985 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14986 with point positioned at the end.
14987 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14988 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14989
14990 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14991
14992 ;;;***
14993 \f
14994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21855 577 47945 133000))
14995 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14996
14997 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14998 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14999 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15000 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15001
15002 \(fn)" t nil)
15003
15004 ;;;***
15005 \f
15006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15007 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15008
15009 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15010
15011 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15012 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15013 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15014 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15015 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15016 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15017
15018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15019
15020 ;;;***
15021 \f
15022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15023 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15024
15025 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15026 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15027 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15028 be determined.
15029
15030 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15031
15032 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15033 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15034 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15035 be determined.
15036
15037 \(fn)" nil nil)
15038
15039 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15040 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15041 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15042 be determined.
15043
15044 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15045
15046 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15047 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15048 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15049 be determined.
15050
15051 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15052
15053 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15054 Determine and return image type.
15055 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15056 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15057 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15058 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15059 use its file extension as image type.
15060 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15061
15062 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15063
15064 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15065 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15066 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15067
15068 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15069
15070 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15071 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15072 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15073
15074 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15075 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15076 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15077 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15078 must be available.
15079
15080 \(fn)" nil nil)
15081
15082 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15083 Create an image.
15084 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15085 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15086 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15087 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15088 use its file extension as image type.
15089 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15090 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15091 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15092 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15093
15094 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15095
15096 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15097 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15098 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15099
15100 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15101
15102 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15103 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15104 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15105 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15106 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15107 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15108 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15109 POS may be an integer or marker.
15110 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15111 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15112 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15113 means display it in the right marginal area.
15114
15115 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15116
15117 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15118 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15119 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15120 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15121 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15122 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15123 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15124 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15125 means display it in the right marginal area.
15126 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15127 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15128 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15129 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15130 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15131
15132 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15133
15134 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15135 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15136 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15137 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15138 STRING is a single space.
15139 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15140 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15141 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15142 means display it in the right marginal area.
15143 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15144
15145 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15146
15147 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15148 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15149 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15150 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15151
15152 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15153
15154 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15155 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15156
15157 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15158
15159 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15160 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15161 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15162 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15163 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15164 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15165 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15166 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15167 satisfied.
15168
15169 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15170
15171 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15172
15173 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15174
15175 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15176 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15177
15178 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15179 documentation string.
15180
15181 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15182 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15183 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15184 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15185 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15186 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15187 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15188 define SYMBOL.
15189
15190 Example:
15191
15192 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15193 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15194
15195 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15196
15197 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15198
15199 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15200 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15201 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15202 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15203
15204 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15205 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15206 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15207 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15208
15209 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15210
15211 \(fn)" nil nil)
15212
15213 ;;;***
15214 \f
15215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21670 32331
15216 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15217 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15218 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15219
15220 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15221 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15222 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15223 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15224 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15225 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15226
15227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15228
15229 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15230 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15231
15232 Convenience command that:
15233
15234 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15235 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15236 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15237
15238 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15239 image files in dired and type
15240 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15241
15242 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15243
15244 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15245 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15246
15247 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15248
15249 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15250 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15251 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15252 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15253 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15254 another one).
15255
15256 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15257 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15258 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15259
15260 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15261 instead of erasing it first.
15262
15263 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15264 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15265 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15266 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15267 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15268 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15269
15270 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15271
15272 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15273 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15274 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15275 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15276 displayed.
15277
15278 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15279
15280 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15281
15282 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15283
15284 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15285 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15286
15287 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15288
15289 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15290 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15291 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15292
15293 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15294
15295 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15296 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15297
15298 \(fn)" t nil)
15299
15300 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15301 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15302 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15303 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15304
15305 \(fn)" t nil)
15306
15307 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15308 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15309
15310 \(fn)" t nil)
15311
15312 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15313 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15314
15315 \(fn)" t nil)
15316
15317 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15318 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15319
15320 \(fn)" t nil)
15321
15322 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15323 Display current image file.
15324 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15325 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15326
15327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15328
15329 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15330 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15331
15332 \(fn)" t nil)
15333
15334 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15335 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15336 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15337 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15338 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15339 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15340 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15341
15342 \(fn)" t nil)
15343
15344 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15345 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15346 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15347 easy-to-use form.
15348
15349 \(fn)" t nil)
15350
15351 ;;;***
15352 \f
15353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21670 32331 385639
15354 ;;;;;; 720000))
15355 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15356
15357 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15358 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15359 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15360 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15361
15362 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15363 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15364 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15365 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15366
15367 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15368
15369 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15370 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15371 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15372 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15373
15374 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15375 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15376 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15377 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15378
15379 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15380
15381 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15382 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15383
15384 \(fn)" nil nil)
15385
15386 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15387 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15388 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15389 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15390
15391 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15392
15393 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15394 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15395 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15396 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15397 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15398 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15399
15400 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15401
15402 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15403 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15404 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15405 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15406 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15407
15408 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15409 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15410 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15411
15412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15413
15414 ;;;***
15415 \f
15416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21716 41663 456033
15417 ;;;;;; 27000))
15418 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15419
15420 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15421 Major mode for image files.
15422 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15423 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15424
15425 Key bindings:
15426 \\{image-mode-map}
15427
15428 \(fn)" t nil)
15429
15430 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15431 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15432 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15433 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15434 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15435
15436 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15437 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15438 actual image.
15439
15440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15441
15442 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15443 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15444 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15445 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15446 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15447 to display an image file as the actual image.
15448
15449 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15450 to display an image file as text initially.
15451
15452 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15453 on these modes.
15454
15455 \(fn)" t nil)
15456
15457 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15458
15459
15460 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15461
15462 ;;;***
15463 \f
15464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21948 40114 294686 453000))
15465 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15466
15467 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15468 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15469
15470 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15471
15472 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15473 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15474 in the buffer.
15475
15476 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15477
15478 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15479 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15480 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15481
15482 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15483
15484 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15485 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15486 Each element of this list should have the form
15487
15488 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15489
15490 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15491 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15492 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15493 matches are put).
15494 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15495 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15496 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15497 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15498 another element.
15499 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15500 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15501 the menu item.
15502 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15503 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15504 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15505 the ARGUMENTS.
15506
15507 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15508 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15509 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15510
15511 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15512 create a buffer index.
15513
15514 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15515 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15516 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15517 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15518 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15519
15520 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15521
15522 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15523 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15524
15525 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15526 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15527 called within a `save-excursion'.
15528
15529 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15530
15531 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15532
15533 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15534 Function for finding the next index position.
15535
15536 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15537 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15538 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15539 file.
15540
15541 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15542 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15543
15544 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15545
15546 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15547 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15548
15549 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15550 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15551 It should return the name for that index item.")
15552
15553 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15554
15555 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15556 Function to compare string with index item.
15557
15558 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15559 non-nil if they match.
15560
15561 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15562 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15563 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15564 arguments match\".")
15565
15566 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15567
15568 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15569 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15570 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15571
15572 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15573 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15574
15575 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15576
15577 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15578
15579 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15580 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15581 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15582 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15583
15584 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15585
15586 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15587 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15588
15589 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15590
15591 \(fn)" t nil)
15592
15593 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15594 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15595 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15596 for more information.
15597
15598 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15599
15600 ;;;***
15601 \f
15602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21670 32331
15603 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15604 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15605
15606 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15607 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15608
15609 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15610
15611 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15612
15613
15614 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15615
15616 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15617
15618
15619 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15620
15621 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15622
15623
15624 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15625
15626 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15627 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15628
15629 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15630
15631 ;;;***
15632 \f
15633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21887 31404
15634 ;;;;;; 272735 656000))
15635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15636
15637 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15638 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15639 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15640 to that buffer.
15641 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15642 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15643 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15644 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15645
15646 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15647
15648 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15649
15650 ;;;***
15651 \f
15652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21931 31023 745164 572000))
15653 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15654
15655 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15656 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15657 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15658 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15659 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15660 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15661 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15662 first in this list.
15663
15664 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15665 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15666 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15667 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15668 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15669
15670 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15671 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15672 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15673
15674 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15675 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15676
15677 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15678 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15679
15680 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15681 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15682 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15683 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15684 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15685 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15686 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15687 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15688 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15689 with the top-level Info directory.
15690
15691 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15692 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15693
15694 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15695
15696 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15697 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15698 in all the directories in that path.
15699
15700 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15701
15702 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15703
15704 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15705 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15706
15707 \(fn)" t nil)
15708
15709 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15710 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15711
15712 \(fn)" t nil)
15713
15714 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15715 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15716 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15717 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15718
15719 \(fn)" nil nil)
15720
15721 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15722 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15723 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15724 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15725
15726 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15727
15728 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15729 Go to the Info directory node.
15730
15731 \(fn)" t nil)
15732
15733 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15734 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15735 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15736 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15737 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15738 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15739
15740 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15741
15742 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15743 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15744 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15745
15746 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15747
15748 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15749 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15750 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15751 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15752 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15753
15754 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15755
15756 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15757 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15758 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15759 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15760 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15761
15762 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15763 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15764
15765 Selecting other nodes:
15766 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15767 Follow a node reference you click on.
15768 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15769 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15770 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15771 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15772 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15773 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15774 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15775 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15776 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15777 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15778 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15779 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15780 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15781 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15782 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15783 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15784 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15785 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15786 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15787 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15788
15789 Moving within a node:
15790 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15791 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15792 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15793 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15794 move up to the parent node.
15795 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15796 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15797 if there is none.
15798 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15799
15800 Advanced commands:
15801 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15802 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15803 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15804 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15805 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15806 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15807 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15808 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15809 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15810 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15811 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15812 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15813 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15814 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15815 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15816 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15817
15818 \(fn)" t nil)
15819 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15820
15821 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15822 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15823 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15824 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15825 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15826 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15827
15828 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15829 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15830
15831 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15832 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15833 KEY is a string.
15834 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15835 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15836 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15837 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15838
15839 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15840
15841 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15842 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15843 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15844
15845 \(fn)" t nil)
15846
15847 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15848 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15849 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15850
15851 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15852
15853 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15854 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15855 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15856 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15857 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15858 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15859
15860 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15861
15862 ;;;***
15863 \f
15864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21862 60209 738095
15865 ;;;;;; 873000))
15866 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15867
15868 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15869 Throw away all cached data.
15870 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15871 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15872 system.
15873
15874 \(fn)" t nil)
15875 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15876
15877 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15878 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15879 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15880 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15881 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15882 one found at point.
15883
15884 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15885
15886 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15887 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15888
15889 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15890 Display the documentation of a file.
15891 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15892 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15893 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15894 The default file name is the one found at point.
15895
15896 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15897
15898 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15899
15900 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15901 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15902
15903 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15904
15905 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15906 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15907
15908 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15909
15910 ;;;***
15911 \f
15912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21670 32331 385639
15913 ;;;;;; 720000))
15914 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15915 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15916
15917 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15918 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15919 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15920 current info file is the default.
15921
15922 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15923 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15924 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15925 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15926 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15927
15928 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15929 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15930 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15931 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15932 mistake in the reference.
15933
15934 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15935 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15936 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15937
15938 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15939 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15940 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15941 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15942
15943 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15944
15945 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15946 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15947 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15948 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15949 checked.
15950
15951 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15952 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15953 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15954 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15955 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15956 should be harmless.
15957
15958 \(fn)" t nil)
15959
15960 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15961 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15962 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15963 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15964
15965 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15966 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15967 and can take a long time.
15968
15969 \(fn)" t nil)
15970
15971 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15972 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15973 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15974
15975 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15976
15977 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15978 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15979
15980 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15981 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15982 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15983 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15984 all builtins).
15985
15986 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15987 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15988 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15989 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15990 the sources handy.
15991
15992 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15993
15994 ;;;***
15995 \f
15996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21670 32331 385639
15997 ;;;;;; 720000))
15998 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15999
16000 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16001 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16002
16003 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16004
16005 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16006 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16007
16008 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16009
16010 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16011 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16012 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16013 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16014
16015 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16016 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16017 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16018
16019 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16020 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16021 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16022 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16023
16024 \(fn)" t nil)
16025
16026 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16027 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16028 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16029
16030 \(fn)" t nil)
16031
16032 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16033 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16034 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16035 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16036 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16037
16038 \(fn)" nil nil)
16039
16040 ;;;***
16041 \f
16042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21670 32330
16043 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16044 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16045
16046 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16047
16048
16049 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16050
16051 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16052
16053 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16054
16055 ;;;***
16056 \f
16057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21670 32330
16058 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16059 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16060 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16061
16062 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16063 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16064 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16065
16066 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16067
16068 ;;;***
16069 \f
16070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21670
16071 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16072 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16073
16074 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16075 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16076
16077 \(fn)" t nil)
16078
16079 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16080 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16081
16082 \(fn)" t nil)
16083
16084 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16085
16086
16087 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16088
16089 ;;;***
16090 \f
16091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21767 65327 504606
16092 ;;;;;; 256000))
16093 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16094 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16095
16096 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16097 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16098 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16099 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16100 accessed via isearchb.
16101
16102 \(fn)" t nil)
16103
16104 ;;;***
16105 \f
16106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21670
16107 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16108 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16109
16110 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16111 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16112 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16113 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16114 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16115
16116 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16117
16118 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16119 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16120 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16121 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16122 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16123
16124 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16125
16126 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16127 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16128 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16129 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16130 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16131
16132 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16133
16134 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16135 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16136 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16137 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16138 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16139
16140 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16141
16142 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16143 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16144 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16145 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16146 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16147
16148 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16149
16150 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16151 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16152 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16153 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16154 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16155
16156 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16157
16158 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16159 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16160 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16161 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16162 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16163
16164 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16165
16166 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16167 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16168 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16169 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16170
16171 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16172
16173 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16174 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16175 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16176 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16177
16178 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16179
16180 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16181 Warn that format is read-only.
16182
16183 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16184
16185 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16186 Warn that format is write-only.
16187
16188 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16189
16190 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16191 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16192
16193 \(fn)" t nil)
16194
16195 ;;;***
16196 \f
16197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16198 ;;;;;; (21840 19142 552627 956000))
16199 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16200 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16201 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16202
16203 ;;;***
16204 \f
16205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21855 577 527945
16206 ;;;;;; 248000))
16207 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16208
16209 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16210
16211 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16212 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16213 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16214 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16215 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16216
16217 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16218
16219 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16220
16221 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16222 Key map for ispell menu.")
16223
16224 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16225 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16226 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16227 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16228
16229 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16230
16231 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16232
16233 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16234
16235 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16236
16237 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16238 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16239 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16240 Valid forms include:
16241 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16242 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16243 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16244 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16245
16246 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16247 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16248 First list is used raw.
16249 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16250
16251 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16252 for skipping in latex mode.")
16253
16254 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16255 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16256 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16257 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16258 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16259 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16260 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16261
16262 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16263 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16264 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16265 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16266
16267 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16268 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16269 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16270 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16271 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16272
16273 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16274 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16275
16276 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16277 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16278
16279 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16280 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16281
16282 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16283 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16284
16285 Return values:
16286 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16287 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16288 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16289 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16290 quit spell session exited.
16291
16292 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16293
16294 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16295 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16296 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16297
16298 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16299
16300 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16301 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16302
16303 Selections are:
16304
16305 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16306 SPC: Accept word this time.
16307 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16308 `a': Accept word for this session.
16309 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16310 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16311 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16312 `?': Show these commands.
16313 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16314 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16315 the aborted check to be completed later.
16316 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16317 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16318 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16319 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16320 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16321 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16322 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16323
16324 \(fn)" nil nil)
16325
16326 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16327 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16328 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16329 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16330
16331 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16332
16333 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16334 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16335 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16336 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16337
16338 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16339
16340 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16341
16342 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16343 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16344 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16345 amount for last line processed.
16346
16347 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16348
16349 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16350 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16351
16352 \(fn)" t nil)
16353
16354 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16355 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16356
16357 \(fn)" t nil)
16358
16359 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16360 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16361 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16362
16363 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16364
16365 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16366 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16367
16368 \(fn)" t nil)
16369
16370 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16371 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16372 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16373 sequence inside of a word.
16374
16375 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16376
16377 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16378
16379 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16380 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16381
16382 \(fn)" t nil)
16383
16384 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16385 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16386 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16387 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16388
16389 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16390 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16391 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16392 available on the net.
16393
16394 \(fn)" t nil)
16395
16396 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16397 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16398 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16399 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16400 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16401
16402 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16403 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16404 spelled.
16405
16406 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16407 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16408 SPC.
16409
16410 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16411 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16412
16413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16414
16415 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16416 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16417 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16418 Don't check included messages.
16419
16420 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16421 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16422 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16423
16424 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16425 in your init file:
16426 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16427 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16428 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16429 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16430
16431 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16432 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16433 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16434
16435 \(fn)" t nil)
16436
16437 ;;;***
16438 \f
16439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21670
16440 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16441 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16442
16443 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16444
16445
16446 \(fn)" nil nil)
16447
16448 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16449 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16450 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16451 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16452 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16453 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16454 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16455 necessary to represent OBJ.
16456
16457 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16458
16459 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16460 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16461 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16462 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16463
16464 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16465
16466 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16467 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16468 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16469 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16470 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16471
16472 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16473
16474 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16475 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16476 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16477 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16478
16479 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16480
16481 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16482 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16483 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16484 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16485
16486 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16487
16488 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16489 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16490
16491 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16492
16493 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16494 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16495 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16496 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16497 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16498
16499 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16500
16501 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16502 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16503 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16504 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16505 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16506
16507 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16508
16509 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16510 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16511 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16512
16513 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16514
16515 ;;;***
16516 \f
16517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21670 32331 385639
16518 ;;;;;; 720000))
16519 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16520
16521 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16522 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16523 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16524 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16525
16526 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16527
16528
16529 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16530
16531 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16532 Uninstall jka-compr.
16533 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16534 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16535 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16536
16537 \(fn)" nil nil)
16538
16539 ;;;***
16540 \f
16541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21931 31023 761164
16542 ;;;;;; 572000))
16543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16544 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16545
16546 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16547 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16548
16549 \(fn)" t nil)
16550 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16551
16552 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16553
16554 ;;;***
16555 \f
16556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21779 56495 106033 935000))
16557 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16558 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16559
16560 ;;;***
16561 \f
16562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21670 32330
16563 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16565
16566 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16567 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16568 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16569 decimal key must be specified.")
16570
16571 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16572
16573 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16574 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16575 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16576 decimal key must be specified.")
16577
16578 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16579
16580 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16581 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16582 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16583 decimal key must be specified.")
16584
16585 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16586
16587 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16588 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16589 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16590 decimal key must be specified.")
16591
16592 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16593
16594 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16595 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16596 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16597 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16598 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16599 keys are bound.
16600
16601 Setup Binding
16602 -------------------------------------------------------------
16603 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16604 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16605 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16606 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16607 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16608 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16609 in the global and local keymaps.
16610
16611 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16612 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16613
16614 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16615
16616 ;;;***
16617 \f
16618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21670
16619 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16620 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16621
16622 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16623 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16624 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16625
16626 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16627 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16628 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16629 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16630 shorter.
16631
16632 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16633 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16634 the context of text formatting.
16635
16636 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16637
16638 ;;;***
16639 \f
16640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21670 32331 385639
16641 ;;;;;; 720000))
16642 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16643
16644 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16645 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16646 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16647 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16648 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16649 positions that contains the current selection.")
16650
16651 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16652 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16653 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16654 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16655 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16656 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16657 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16658
16659 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16660
16661 ;;;***
16662 \f
16663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16664 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16665 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16666 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16667 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16668 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16669 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16670 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16671 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16672
16673 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16674 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16675 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16676
16677 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16678
16679 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16680 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16681 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16682 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16683 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16684
16685 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16686
16687 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16688 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16689 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16690
16691 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16692 defining the macro.
16693
16694 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16695 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16696 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16697
16698 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16699 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16700
16701 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16702
16703 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16704 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16705 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16706 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16707 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16708 under that name.
16709
16710 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16711 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16712 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16713
16714 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16715
16716 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16717 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16718 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16719 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16720
16721 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16722 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16723 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16724 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16725
16726 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16727 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16728
16729 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16730
16731 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16732 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16733 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16734
16735 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16736 macro.
16737
16738 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16739 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16740
16741 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16742 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16743 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16744
16745 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16746 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16747
16748 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16749
16750 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16751 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16752 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16753 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16754
16755 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16756
16757 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16758 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16759 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16760 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16761
16762 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16763 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16764
16765 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16766
16767 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16768 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16769 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16770
16771 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16772
16773 ;;;***
16774 \f
16775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21670
16776 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16777 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16778
16779 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16780 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16781 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16782
16783 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16784
16785
16786 \(fn)" nil nil)
16787
16788 ;;;***
16789 \f
16790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21670 32331
16791 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16792 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16793
16794 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16795
16796
16797 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16798
16799 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16800 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16801 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16802 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16803 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16804 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16805
16806 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16807 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16808
16809 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16810
16811 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16812 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16813
16814 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16815
16816 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16817
16818
16819 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16820
16821 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16822
16823
16824 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16825
16826 ;;;***
16827 \f
16828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21670
16829 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16830 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16831
16832 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16833 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16834 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16835 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16836
16837 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16838
16839 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16840 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16841 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16842
16843 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16844
16845 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16846 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16847 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16848
16849 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16850
16851 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16852 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16853 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16854 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16855
16856 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16857
16858 ;;;***
16859 \f
16860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16861 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16862 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16863
16864 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16865 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16866 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16867 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16868 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16869 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16870 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16871 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16872
16873 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16874 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16875
16876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16877 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16878
16879 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16880
16881 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16882 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16883 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16884 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16885 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16886 `latin1-display-setup'.
16887
16888 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16889
16890 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16891 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16892 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16893 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16894
16895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16896 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16897
16898 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16899
16900 ;;;***
16901 \f
16902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21670
16903 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16905
16906 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16907 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16908
16909 \(fn)" t nil)
16910
16911 ;;;***
16912 \f
16913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (21890
16914 ;;;;;; 39605 402073 663000))
16915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
16916 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16917
16918 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16919 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16920 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16921 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16922
16923 For instance, the following code
16924
16925 (let-alist alist
16926 (if (and .title .body)
16927 .body
16928 .site
16929 .site.contents))
16930
16931 essentially expands to
16932
16933 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16934 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16935 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16936 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16937 (if (and .title .body)
16938 .body
16939 .site
16940 .site.contents))
16941
16942 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16943 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16944 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16945 displayed in the example above.
16946
16947 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16948
16949 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16950
16951 ;;;***
16952 \f
16953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16954 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16955
16956 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16957 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16958 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16959 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16960 generations (this defaults to 1).
16961
16962 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16963
16964 ;;;***
16965 \f
16966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21855 577 57945 485000))
16967 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16968 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16969
16970 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16971 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16973 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16974 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16975
16976 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16977
16978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16979
16980 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16981 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16982 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16983 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16984 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16985 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16986
16987 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16988
16989 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16990 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16991 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16992 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16993 ARG is omitted or nil.
16994
16995 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16996 `linum-on' would do it.
16997 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16998
16999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17000
17001 ;;;***
17002 \f
17003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21670 32331 385639
17004 ;;;;;; 720000))
17005 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17006
17007 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17008 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17009 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17010 is nil, raise an error.
17011
17012 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17013 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17014 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17015 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17016 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17017 defined by the library.
17018
17019 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17020 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17021 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17022 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17023 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17024 proceeds.
17025
17026 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17027 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17028 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17029 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17030
17031 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17032
17033 ;;;***
17034 \f
17035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17036 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17037
17038 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17039 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17040 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17041
17042 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17043
17044 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17045 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17046 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17047 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17048
17049 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17050 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17051 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17052 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17053 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17054 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17055 the version.)
17056
17057 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17058 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17059
17060 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17061 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17062
17063 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17064 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17065
17066 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17067
17068 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17069 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17070 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17071 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17072 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17073 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17074 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17075 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17076 to constrain a big search.
17077
17078 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17079
17080 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17081 except that FILTER is not optional.
17082
17083 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17084
17085 ;;;***
17086 \f
17087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21942 1330 837986
17088 ;;;;;; 820000))
17089 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17090
17091 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17092 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17093 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17094 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17095 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17096 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17097 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17098 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17099 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17100 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17101
17102 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17103 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17104 associated values:
17105 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17106 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17107 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17108 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17109 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17110
17111 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17112 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17113 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17114
17115 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17116
17117 ;;;***
17118 \f
17119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21947 19252 637252
17120 ;;;;;; 749000))
17121 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17122
17123 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17124 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17125
17126 \(fn)" t nil)
17127
17128 ;;;***
17129 \f
17130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17131 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17132
17133 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17134 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17135
17136 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17137 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17138
17139 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17140 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17141 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17142
17143 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17144 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17145
17146 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17147 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17148 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17149 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17150 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17151 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17152 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17153
17154 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17155
17156 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17157 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17158 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17159 switch on this list.
17160 See `lpr-command'.")
17161
17162 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17163
17164 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17165 Name of program for printing a file.
17166
17167 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17168 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17169 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17170 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17171 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17172 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17173 argument.")
17174
17175 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17176
17177 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17178 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17179 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17180 for customization of the printer command.
17181
17182 \(fn)" t nil)
17183
17184 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17185 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17186
17187 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17188 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17189 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17190 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17191
17192 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17193 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17194
17195 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17196 for further customization of the printer command.
17197
17198 \(fn)" t nil)
17199
17200 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17201 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17202 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17203 for customization of the printer command.
17204
17205 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17206
17207 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17208 Paginate and print the region contents.
17209
17210 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17211 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17212 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17213 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17214
17215 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17216 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17217
17218 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17219 for further customization of the printer command.
17220
17221 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17222
17223 ;;;***
17224 \f
17225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21907 48688 729360
17226 ;;;;;; 195000))
17227 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17228
17229 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17230 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17231 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17232
17233 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17234
17235 ;;;***
17236 \f
17237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21670 32330 885624
17238 ;;;;;; 725000))
17239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17240
17241 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17242 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17243 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17244 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17245
17246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17247
17248 ;;;***
17249 \f
17250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21670 32331
17251 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17253
17254 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17255 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17256
17257 \(fn)" t nil)
17258
17259 ;;;***
17260 \f
17261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21887 28847 979667 16000))
17262 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17263
17264 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17265 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17266 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17267 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17268 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17269
17270 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17271
17272 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17273 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17274 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17275 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17276 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17277
17278 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17279 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17280 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17281 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17282 bindings.
17283
17284 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17285 use this command, and then save the file.
17286
17287 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17288
17289 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17290 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17291 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17292 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17293 each time the macro executes.
17294 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17295 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17296 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17297 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17298 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17299 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17300 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17301
17302 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17303
17304 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17305 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17306 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17307 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17308
17309 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17310 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17311 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17312 execute.
17313
17314 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17315 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17316
17317 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17318 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17319 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17320 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17321 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17322
17323 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17324 looked like this:
17325
17326 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17327 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17328 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17329
17330 You could enter the names in this format:
17331
17332 foo
17333 bar
17334 baz
17335
17336 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17337
17338 \\C-x (
17339 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17340 \\C-x )
17341
17342 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17343 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17344
17345 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17346 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17347
17348 ;;;***
17349 \f
17350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21670 32331
17351 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17352 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17353
17354 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17355 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17356 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17357 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17358 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17359 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17360
17361 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17362 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17363 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17364 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17365 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17366
17367 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17368 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17369 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17370 consing a string.)
17371
17372 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17373
17374 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17375 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17376
17377 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17378
17379 ;;;***
17380 \f
17381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21670 32331
17382 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17384
17385 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17386 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17387
17388 \(fn)" nil nil)
17389
17390 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17391
17392
17393 \(fn)" nil nil)
17394
17395 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17396 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17397
17398 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17399
17400 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17401 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17402 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17403 message.
17404
17405 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17406
17407 \(fn)" nil nil)
17408
17409 ;;;***
17410 \f
17411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21670 32331
17412 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17413 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17414
17415 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17416 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17417 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17418 often correct parser.")
17419
17420 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17421
17422 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17423 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17424 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17425 a value which excludes your own email address.
17426
17427 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17428 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17429
17430 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17431
17432 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17433 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17434
17435 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17436
17437 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17438 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17439 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17440 we return it unconverted.
17441
17442 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17443 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17444
17445 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17446
17447 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17448 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17449 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17450 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17451
17452 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17453
17454 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17455 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17456 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17457 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17458
17459 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17460
17461 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17462 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17463 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17464 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17465 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17466 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17467 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17468 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17469 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17470 as Rmail does.
17471
17472 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17473
17474 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17475 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17476 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17477 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17478 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17479 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17480 matches may be returned from the message body.
17481
17482 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17483
17484 ;;;***
17485 \f
17486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21850 35149
17487 ;;;;;; 497265 880000))
17488 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17489
17490 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17491 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17492 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17495 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17496
17497 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17498
17499 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17500 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17502 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17503 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17504
17505 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17506 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17507 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17508 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17509
17510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17511
17512 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17513 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17514
17515 \(fn)" nil nil)
17516
17517 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17518 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17519 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17520
17521 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17522
17523 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17524 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17525 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17526
17527 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17528 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17529 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17530 double-quotes.
17531
17532 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17533
17534 ;;;***
17535 \f
17536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21855 577
17537 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
17538 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17539
17540 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17541 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17542 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17543 king@grassland.com
17544 If `parens', they look like:
17545 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17546 If `angles', they look like:
17547 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17548
17549 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17550
17551 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17552 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17553 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17554 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17555 their `Resent-' variants.
17556
17557 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17558 removed from alias expansions.
17559
17560 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17561
17562 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17563 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17564 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17565
17566 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17567 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17568 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17569 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17570
17571 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17572
17573 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17574 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17575 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17576
17577 \(fn)" nil nil)
17578
17579 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17580 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17581 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17582 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17583
17584 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17585
17586 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17587
17588 ;;;***
17589 \f
17590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21670 32331
17591 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17592 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17593
17594 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17595 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17596 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17597 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17598
17599 \(fn)" nil nil)
17600
17601 ;;;***
17602 \f
17603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21907
17604 ;;;;;; 48688 777360 195000))
17605 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17606
17607 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17608 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17609
17610 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17611 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17612 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17613 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17614 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17615 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17616
17617 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17618 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17619 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17620 dependency, despite the colon.
17621
17622 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17623
17624 In the browser, use the following keys:
17625
17626 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17627
17628 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17629
17630 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17631 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17632
17633 `makefile-target-colon':
17634 The string that gets appended to all target names
17635 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17636 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17637
17638 `makefile-macro-assign':
17639 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17640 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17641 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17642 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17643 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17644 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17645
17646 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17647 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17648 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17649
17650 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17651 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17652
17653 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17654 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17655 up or down in the browser.
17656
17657 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17658 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17659
17660 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17661 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17662
17663 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17664 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17665 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17666 has been selected in the browser.
17667
17668 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17669 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17670 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17671 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17672 filenames are omitted.
17673
17674 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17675 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17676 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17677 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17678 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17679 the backslash itself intact.
17680 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17681 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17682
17683 `makefile-browser-hook':
17684 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17685 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17686
17687 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17688 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17689 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17690 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17691
17692 \(fn)" t nil)
17693
17694 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17695 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17696
17697 \(fn)" t nil)
17698
17699 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17700 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17701
17702 \(fn)" t nil)
17703
17704 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17705 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17706
17707 \(fn)" t nil)
17708
17709 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17710 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17711
17712 \(fn)" t nil)
17713
17714 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17715 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17716
17717 \(fn)" t nil)
17718
17719 ;;;***
17720 \f
17721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21670 32331 385639
17722 ;;;;;; 720000))
17723 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17724
17725 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17726 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17727 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17728
17729 \(fn)" t nil)
17730
17731 ;;;***
17732 \f
17733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21814 9129 320508 708000))
17734 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17735
17736 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17737
17738 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17739 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17740 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17741 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17742 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17743 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17744 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17745 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17746 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17747 without running the man command.
17748
17749 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17750 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17751 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17752
17753 cat(1)
17754 1 cat
17755
17756 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17757 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17758 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17759 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17760
17761 -a chmod
17762
17763 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17764 otherwise look like a page name.
17765
17766 /my/file/name.1.gz
17767 -l somefile.1
17768
17769 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17770 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17771 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17772
17773 -k pattern
17774
17775 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17776
17777 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17778 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17779
17780 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17781
17782 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17783 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17784
17785 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17786
17787 ;;;***
17788 \f
17789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (21919 39857 593327
17790 ;;;;;; 44000))
17791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17792 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17793
17794 ;;;***
17795 \f
17796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17797 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17798 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17799
17800 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17801 Toggle Master mode.
17802 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17803 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17804 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17805
17806 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17807 using the following commands:
17808
17809 \\{master-mode-map}
17810
17811 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17812 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17813 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17814
17815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17816
17817 ;;;***
17818 \f
17819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21670 32331 385639
17820 ;;;;;; 720000))
17821 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17822
17823 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17824 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17825 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17826 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17827 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17828 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17829
17830 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17831
17832 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17833 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17834 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17835 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17836 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17837
17838 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17839 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17840 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17841 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17842
17843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17844
17845 ;;;***
17846 \f
17847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17848 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17849 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17850
17851 ;;;***
17852 \f
17853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21855 576 917950
17854 ;;;;;; 620000))
17855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17856
17857 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17858
17859 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17860 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17861 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17862 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17863 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17864 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17865 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17866 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17867 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17868 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17869 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17870 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17871 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17872 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17873 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17874 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17875 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17876 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17877 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17878 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17879 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17880 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17881 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17882 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17883 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17884 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17885 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17886 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17887 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17888 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17889 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17890 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17891 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17892 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17893 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17894 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17895 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17896 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17897
17898 \(fn)" t nil)
17899
17900 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17901 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17902 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17903 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17904 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17905
17906 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17907
17908 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17909 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17910
17911 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17912
17913 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17914 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17915
17916 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17917
17918 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17919 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17920
17921 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17922
17923 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17924 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17925 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17926
17927 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17928
17929 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17930 Cancel an article you posted.
17931 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17932
17933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17934
17935 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17936 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17937 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17938 header line with the old Message-ID.
17939
17940 \(fn)" t nil)
17941
17942 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17943 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17944
17945 \(fn)" t nil)
17946
17947 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17948 Forward the current message via mail.
17949 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17950 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17951
17952 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17953
17954 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17955
17956
17957 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17958
17959 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17960
17961
17962 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17963
17964 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17965 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17966
17967 \(fn)" t nil)
17968
17969 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17970 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17971
17972 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17973
17974 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17975 Re-mail the current message.
17976 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17977 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17978 you.
17979
17980 \(fn)" t nil)
17981
17982 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17983 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17984
17985 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17986
17987 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17988 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17989
17990 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17991
17992 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17993 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17994
17995 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17996
17997 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17998 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17999
18000 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18001
18002 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18003 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18004 Works by overstriking characters.
18005 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18006 which specify the range to operate on.
18007
18008 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18009
18010 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18011 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18012 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18013 which specify the range to operate on.
18014
18015 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18016
18017 ;;;***
18018 \f
18019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21670
18020 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18022 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18023
18024 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18025 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18026
18027 \(fn)" t nil)
18028
18029 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18030 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18031
18032 \(fn)" t nil)
18033
18034 ;;;***
18035 \f
18036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21670 32331
18037 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18038 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18039
18040 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18041 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18042 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18043
18044 \(fn)" t nil)
18045
18046 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18047 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18048 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18049 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18050 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18051 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18052 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18053
18054 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18055
18056 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18057 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18058 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18059 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18060 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18061 means current).
18062 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18063 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18064
18065 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18066
18067 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18068 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18069 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18070 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18071 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18072 means current).
18073 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18074 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18075
18076 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18077
18078 ;;;***
18079 \f
18080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21895 57521 622301
18081 ;;;;;; 332000))
18082 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18083
18084 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18085 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18086 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18087
18088 \(fn)" t nil)
18089
18090 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18091 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18092 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18093
18094 \(fn)" t nil)
18095
18096 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18097 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18098
18099 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18100 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18101 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18102
18103 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18104 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18105
18106 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18107 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18108
18109 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18110
18111 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18112
18113 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18114 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18115 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18116 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18117 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18118 as `compose-mail'.
18119
18120 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18121 initial Subject field, respectively.
18122
18123 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18124 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18125 are strings.
18126
18127 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18128 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18129
18130 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18131
18132 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18133 Save draft and send message.
18134
18135 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18136 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18137 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18138 Mail Delivery*\".
18139
18140 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18141 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18142 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18143
18144 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18145 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18146 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18147 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18148 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18149 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18150
18151 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18152 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18153
18154 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18155 message and scan line.
18156
18157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18158
18159 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18160 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18161
18162 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18163 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18164 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18165 delete the draft message.
18166
18167 \(fn)" t nil)
18168
18169 ;;;***
18170 \f
18171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18172 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18173 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18174
18175 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18176
18177 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18178
18179 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18180
18181 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18182 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18183
18184 \(fn)" t nil)
18185
18186 ;;;***
18187 \f
18188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21670 32331
18189 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18190 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18191
18192 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18193 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18194 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18195
18196 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18197 the MH mail system.
18198
18199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18200
18201 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18202 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18203 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18204
18205 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18206 the MH mail system.
18207
18208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18209
18210 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18211 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18212
18213 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18214 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18215 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18216 separate command.
18217
18218 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18219 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18220 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18221 format.
18222
18223 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18224
18225 Ranges
18226 ======
18227 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18228 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18229 can be used in several ways.
18230
18231 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18232 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18233 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18234 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18235 page):
18236
18237 <num1>-<num2>
18238 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18239 The range must be nonempty.
18240
18241 <num>:N
18242 <num>:+N
18243 <num>:-N
18244 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18245 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18246 last.
18247
18248 first:N
18249 prev:N
18250 next:N
18251 last:N
18252 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18253
18254 all
18255 All of the messages.
18256
18257 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18258 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18259
18260 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18261 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18262 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18263
18264 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18265
18266 \(fn)" t nil)
18267
18268 ;;;***
18269 \f
18270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21822 58098 20521
18271 ;;;;;; 61000))
18272 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18273
18274 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18275 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18276 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18277 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18278 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18279 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18280
18281 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18282
18283 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18284 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18285
18286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18287
18288 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18289 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18290 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18291 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18292 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18293 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18294 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18295 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18296 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18297 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18298 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18299
18300 \(fn)" t nil)
18301
18302 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18303 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18304 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18305 to its second argument TM.
18306
18307 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18308
18309 ;;;***
18310 \f
18311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21670 32331
18312 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18313 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18314
18315 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18316 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18317 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18318 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18319 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18320 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18321
18322 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18323
18324 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18325 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18326 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18327 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18328 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18329
18330 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18331 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18332 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18333 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18334 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18335 is modified to remove the default indication.
18336
18337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18338
18339 ;;;***
18340 \f
18341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18343
18344 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18345 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18346 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18347 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18348 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18349 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18350 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18351 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18352 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18353
18354 \(fn)" t nil)
18355
18356 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18357 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18358 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18359 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18360 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18361 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18362 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18363 The return value is always nil.
18364
18365 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18366
18367 ;;;***
18368 \f
18369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21797 36 720489 297000))
18370 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18371 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18372
18373 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18374 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18375
18376 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18377 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18378 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18379 next occurrence.
18380
18381 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18382 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18383 end of the search space).
18384
18385 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18386 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18387 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18388 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18389 should return the previous buffer to search.
18390
18391 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18392 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18393 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18394
18395 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18396 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18397 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18398 Isearch starts.")
18399
18400 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18401 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18402 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18403
18404 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18405 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18406 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18407
18408 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18409 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18410
18411 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18412 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18413 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18414
18415 \(fn)" nil nil)
18416
18417 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18418 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18419 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18420 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18421 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18422 whose names match the specified regexp.
18423
18424 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18425
18426 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18427 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18428 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18429 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18430 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18431 whose names match the specified regexp.
18432
18433 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18434
18435 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18436 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18437 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18438 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18439 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18440 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18441 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18442
18443 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18444
18445 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18446 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18447 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18448 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18449 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18450 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18451 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18452
18453 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18454
18455 ;;;***
18456 \f
18457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21670
18458 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18460 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18461
18462 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18463 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18464
18465 \(fn)" t nil)
18466
18467 ;;;***
18468 \f
18469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21670 32331
18470 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18471 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18472
18473 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18474 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18475
18476 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18477
18478 ;;;***
18479 \f
18480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21670 32331
18481 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18482 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18483
18484 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18485 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18486
18487 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18488
18489 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18490 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18491 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18492 the entire message.
18493 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18494
18495 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18496
18497 ;;;***
18498 \f
18499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21670 32331
18500 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18502
18503 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18504 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18505 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18506 the entire message.
18507 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18508
18509 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18510
18511 ;;;***
18512 \f
18513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21670 32331 385639
18514 ;;;;;; 720000))
18515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18516
18517 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18518 Insert file contents of URL.
18519 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18520
18521 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18522
18523 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18524 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18525
18526 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18527
18528 ;;;***
18529 \f
18530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21670 32331 385639
18531 ;;;;;; 720000))
18532 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18533
18534 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18535 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18536 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18537 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18538 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18539
18540 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18541
18542 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18543 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18544 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18545
18546 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18547
18548 ;;;***
18549 \f
18550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21826 49866 790514 606000))
18551 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18552
18553 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18554 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18555
18556 \(fn)" nil nil)
18557
18558 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18559 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18560 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18561 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18562 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18563
18564 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18565 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18566 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18567 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18568 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18569 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18570
18571 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18572
18573 ;;;***
18574 \f
18575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21670 32331 385639
18576 ;;;;;; 720000))
18577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18578
18579 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18580
18581
18582 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18583
18584 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18585
18586
18587 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18588
18589 ;;;***
18590 \f
18591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21670 32331 385639
18592 ;;;;;; 720000))
18593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18594
18595 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18596
18597
18598 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18599
18600 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18601
18602
18603 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18604
18605 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18606
18607
18608 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18609
18610 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18611
18612
18613 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18614
18615 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18616
18617
18618 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18619
18620 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18621
18622
18623 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18624
18625 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18626
18627
18628 \(fn)" nil nil)
18629
18630 ;;;***
18631 \f
18632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21891 60465
18633 ;;;;;; 823679 523000))
18634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18635
18636 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18637
18638 ;;;***
18639 \f
18640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18641 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18642 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18643
18644 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18645
18646 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18647 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18648 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18649 followed by the first character of the construct.
18650 \\<m2-mode-map>
18651 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18652 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18653 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18654 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18655 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18656 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18657 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18658 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18659 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18660 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18661 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18662 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18663 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18664 \\[m2-link] link
18665
18666 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18667 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18668 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18669
18670 \(fn)" t nil)
18671
18672 ;;;***
18673 \f
18674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21670 32331 385639
18675 ;;;;;; 720000))
18676 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18677
18678 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18679 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18680
18681 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18682
18683 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18684 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18685
18686 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18687
18688 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18689 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18690
18691 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18692
18693 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18694 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18695
18696 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18697
18698 ;;;***
18699 \f
18700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21906 58825 986640
18701 ;;;;;; 200000))
18702 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18703
18704 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18705 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18706
18707 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18708 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18709 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18710
18711 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18712 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18713 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18714
18715 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18716 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18717
18718 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18719 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18720 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18721 hemisphere you're in.)
18722
18723 To test this function, evaluate:
18724 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18725
18726 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18727
18728 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18729 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18730
18731 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18732 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18733
18734 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18735 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18736 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18737
18738 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18739 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18740
18741 To test this function, evaluate:
18742 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18743
18744 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18745
18746 ;;;***
18747 \f
18748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18749 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18750
18751 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18752 Main entry point for MPC.
18753
18754 \(fn)" t nil)
18755
18756 ;;;***
18757 \f
18758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18759 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18760
18761 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18762 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18763
18764 \(fn)" t nil)
18765
18766 ;;;***
18767 \f
18768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18769 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18770
18771 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18772 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18773 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18774 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18775 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18776 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18777
18778 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18779
18780 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18781 Toggle Msb mode.
18782 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18783 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18784 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18785
18786 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18787 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18788
18789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18790
18791 ;;;***
18792 \f
18793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21862
18794 ;;;;;; 60209 748658 481000))
18795 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18796
18797 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18798 Display a list of all character sets.
18799
18800 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18801 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18802 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18803 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18804 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18805
18806 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18807 but still shows the full information.
18808
18809 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18810
18811 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18812 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18813 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18814
18815 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18816 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18817 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18818 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18819 meanings of these arguments.
18820
18821 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18822
18823 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18824 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18825
18826 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18827
18828 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18829 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18830
18831 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18832
18833 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18834 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18835
18836 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18837
18838 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18839 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18840
18841 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18842 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18843 in place of `..':
18844 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18845 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18846 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18847 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18848 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18849 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18850 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18851 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18852 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18853 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18854 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18855 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18856 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18857 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18858 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18859 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18860
18861 \(fn)" t nil)
18862
18863 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18864 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18865
18866 \(fn)" t nil)
18867
18868 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18869 Display a list of all coding systems.
18870 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18871
18872 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18873 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18874
18875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18876
18877 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18878 Display a list of all coding categories.
18879
18880 \(fn)" nil nil)
18881
18882 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18883 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18884 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18885
18886 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18887
18888 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18889 Display information about FONTSET.
18890 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18891
18892 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18893
18894 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18895 Display a list of all fontsets.
18896 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18897 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18898 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18899
18900 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18901
18902 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18903 Display information about all input methods.
18904
18905 \(fn)" t nil)
18906
18907 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18908 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18909
18910 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18911 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18912 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18913 system which uses fontsets).
18914
18915 \(fn)" t nil)
18916
18917 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18918 Show log of font listing and opening.
18919 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18920 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18921
18922 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18923
18924 ;;;***
18925 \f
18926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21931
18927 ;;;;;; 31023 753164 572000))
18928 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18929
18930 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18931 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18932
18933 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18934 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18935
18936 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18937 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18938
18939 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18940
18941 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18942 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18943 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18944 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18945 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18946 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18947 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18948
18949 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18950 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18951 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18952 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18953 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18954 middle of a character in STR.
18955
18956 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18957 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18958
18959 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18960 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18961 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18962 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18963 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18964
18965 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18966
18967 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18968 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18969
18970 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18971 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18972 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18973
18974 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18975 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18976 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18977
18978 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18979 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18980 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18981 are considered.
18982 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18983 longer than KEYSEQ.
18984 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18985
18986 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18987
18988 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18989 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18990 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18991 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18992 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18993 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18994 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18995 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18996 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18997 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18998 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18999
19000 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19001
19002 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19003 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19004
19005 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19006
19007 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19008 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19009
19010 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19011
19012 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19013 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19014
19015 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19016
19017 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19018 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19019
19020 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19021
19022 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19023 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19024 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19025 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19026 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19027
19028 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19029 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19030
19031 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19032 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19033 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19034 coding systems ordered by priority.
19035
19036 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19037
19038 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19039
19040 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19041 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19042 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19043 language environment LANG-ENV.
19044
19045 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19046
19047 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19048 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19049 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19050 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19051 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19052 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19053
19054 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19055
19056 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19057 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19058 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19059 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19060 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19061 QUALITY can be:
19062 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19063 excessive work.
19064 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19065 part of the file/buffer.
19066 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19067
19068 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19069
19070 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19071 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19072 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19073 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19074 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19075 QUALITY can be:
19076 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19077 excessive work.
19078 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19079 part of the file/buffer.
19080 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19081
19082 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19083
19084 ;;;***
19085 \f
19086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21826 50071
19087 ;;;;;; 80489 638000))
19088 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19089
19090 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19091 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19092
19093 \(fn)" t nil)
19094
19095 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19096 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19097
19098 \(fn)" t nil)
19099
19100 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19101 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19102
19103 \(fn)" t nil)
19104
19105 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19106 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19107
19108 \(fn)" t nil)
19109
19110 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19111 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19112
19113 \(fn)" t nil)
19114
19115 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19116 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19117
19118 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19119
19120 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19121 Ping HOST.
19122 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19123 `ping-program-options'.
19124
19125 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19126
19127 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19128 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19129
19130 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19131
19132 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19133 Run nslookup program.
19134
19135 \(fn)" t nil)
19136
19137 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19138 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19139
19140 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19141
19142 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19143 Run dig program.
19144
19145 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19146
19147 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19148 Run ftp program.
19149
19150 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19151
19152 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19153 Finger USER on HOST.
19154
19155 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19156
19157 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19158 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19159 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19160 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19161
19162 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19163
19164 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19165
19166
19167 \(fn)" t nil)
19168
19169 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19170 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19171
19172 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19173
19174 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19175 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19176
19177 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19178
19179 ;;;***
19180 \f
19181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19182 ;;;;;; 720000))
19183 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19184
19185 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19186 Return a user name/password pair.
19187 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19188 listed in the PORTS list.
19189
19190 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19191
19192 ;;;***
19193 \f
19194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21855
19195 ;;;;;; 577 147947 107000))
19196 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19197
19198 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19199 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19200 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19201 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19202 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19203 closes it.
19204
19205 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19206 make it unique.
19207 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19208 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19209 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19210 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19211 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19212 a port number to connect to.
19213
19214 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19215 values:
19216
19217 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19218 nil or `network'
19219 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19220 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19221 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19222 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19223 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19224 an unencrypted connection.
19225 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19226 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19227 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19228 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19229 returned object is a killed process.
19230 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19231 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19232 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19233
19234 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19235 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19236 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19237 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19238 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19239 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19240 or nil if none could be found.
19241 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19242 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19243
19244 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19245
19246 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19247 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19248 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19249
19250 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19251 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19252 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19253
19254 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19255 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19256 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19257
19258 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19259 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19260 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19261 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19262
19263 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19264 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19265
19266 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19267 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19268 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19269 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19270 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19271 or STARTTLS connections.
19272
19273 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19274 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19275
19276 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19277 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19278
19279 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19280 a greeting from the server.
19281
19282 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19283 asynchronously, if possible.
19284
19285 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19286
19287 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19288
19289 ;;;***
19290 \f
19291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21670
19292 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19294
19295 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19296 Check whether newsticker is running.
19297 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19298 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19299
19300 \(fn)" nil nil)
19301
19302 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19303 Start the newsticker.
19304 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19305 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19306 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19307 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19308
19309 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19310
19311 ;;;***
19312 \f
19313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19314 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19315 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19316
19317 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19318 Start newsticker plainview.
19319
19320 \(fn)" t nil)
19321
19322 ;;;***
19323 \f
19324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21670
19325 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19326 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19327
19328 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19329 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19330
19331 \(fn)" t nil)
19332
19333 ;;;***
19334 \f
19335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21670
19336 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19337 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19338
19339 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19340 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19341 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19342 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19343 empty.
19344
19345 \(fn)" nil nil)
19346
19347 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19348 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19349 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19350 running already.
19351
19352 \(fn)" t nil)
19353
19354 ;;;***
19355 \f
19356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21888
19357 ;;;;;; 41565 443258 439000))
19358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19359
19360 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19361 Start newsticker treeview.
19362
19363 \(fn)" t nil)
19364
19365 ;;;***
19366 \f
19367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21948 40114 262686
19368 ;;;;;; 453000))
19369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19370
19371 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19372 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19373
19374 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19375
19376 ;;;***
19377 \f
19378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21855 576 927958 586000))
19379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19380
19381 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19382 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19383 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19384 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19385 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19386 symbol in the alist.
19387
19388 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19389
19390 ;;;***
19391 \f
19392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21670 32331
19393 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19395
19396 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19397 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19398 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19399
19400 \(fn)" t nil)
19401
19402 ;;;***
19403 \f
19404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21948 40114 266686 453000))
19405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19406
19407 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19408 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19409
19410 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19411
19412 ;;;***
19413 \f
19414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19415 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19416
19417 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19418
19419 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19420 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19421 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19422
19423 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19424
19425
19426 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19427
19428 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19429 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19430 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19431 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19432 to future sessions.
19433
19434 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19435
19436 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19437 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19438 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19439 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19440 future sessions.
19441
19442 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19443
19444 ;;;***
19445 \f
19446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21670
19447 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
19448 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19449
19450 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19451 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19452 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19453 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19454 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19455 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19456
19457 \(fn)" t nil)
19458
19459 ;;;***
19460 \f
19461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19462 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19463 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19464
19465 ;;;***
19466 \f
19467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21670 32331
19468 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19469 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19470
19471 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19472 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19473 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19474 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19475
19476 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19477
19478 ;;;***
19479 \f
19480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21670 32331
19481 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19482 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19483
19484 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19485 Major mode for editing XML.
19486
19487 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19488 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19489 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19490 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19491 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19492 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19493 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19494
19495 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19496
19497 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19498 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19499
19500 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19501 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19502 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19503 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19504 instead of C-c.
19505
19506 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19507 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19508 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19509 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19510 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19511 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19512
19513 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19514 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19515 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19516
19517 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19518 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19519 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19520
19521 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19522 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19523 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19524 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19525 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19526 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19527 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19528 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19529 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19530
19531 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19532
19533 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19534 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19535
19536 \(fn)" t nil)
19537 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19538
19539 ;;;***
19540 \f
19541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21670 32331
19542 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19543 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19544
19545 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19546 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19547 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19548 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19549
19550 \(fn)" t nil)
19551
19552 ;;;***
19553 \f
19554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21888 47234
19555 ;;;;;; 298945 440000))
19556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19557
19558 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19559 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19560
19561 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19562 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19563 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19564 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19565
19566 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19567
19568 Key bindings:
19569 \\{octave-mode-map}
19570
19571 \(fn)" t nil)
19572
19573 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19574 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19575 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19576
19577 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19578
19579 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19580 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19581
19582 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19583 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19584 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19585
19586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19587
19588 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19589
19590 ;;;***
19591 \f
19592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21948 40114
19593 ;;;;;; 450686 453000))
19594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19595
19596 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19597
19598 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19599 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19600 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19601 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19602 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19603
19604 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19605
19606 Customization:
19607
19608 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19609 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19610 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19611 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19612 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19613 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19614 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19615 Directories to search when finding external units.
19616 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19617 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19618
19619 Coloring:
19620
19621 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19622 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19623
19624 \(fn)" t nil)
19625
19626 ;;;***
19627 \f
19628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21948 40114 382686 453000))
19629 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19630
19631 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19632 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19633
19634 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19635
19636 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19637 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19638 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19639 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19640 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19641 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19642
19643 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19644
19645 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19646 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19647 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19648 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19649 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19650
19651 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19652
19653 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19654 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19655
19656 \(fn)" nil nil)
19657
19658 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19659 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19660
19661 \(fn)" nil nil)
19662
19663 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19664 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19665 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19666
19667 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19668 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19669 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19670 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19671 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19672 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19673 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19674 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19675 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19676 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19677
19678 The following commands are available:
19679
19680 \\{org-mode-map}
19681
19682 \(fn)" t nil)
19683
19684 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19685 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19686
19687 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19688 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19689 in special contexts.
19690
19691 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19692 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19693 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19694 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19695 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19696 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19697 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19698 properties in the buffer.
19699 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19700 including any drawers.
19701
19702 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19703
19704 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19705 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19706 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19707 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19708 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19709 and zoom in further.
19710 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19711 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19712
19713 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19714 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19715 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19716 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19717 times right after creating a new headline.
19718
19719 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19720 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19721 is negative, go up that many levels.
19722
19723 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19724 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19725 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19726
19727 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19728 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19729 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19730 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19731
19732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19733
19734 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19735 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19736 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19737 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19738
19739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19740 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19741
19742 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19743 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19744 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19745 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19746 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19747 defined by Org-mode).
19748
19749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19750
19751 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19752 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19753
19754 \(fn)" nil nil)
19755
19756 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19757 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19758
19759 \(fn)" nil nil)
19760
19761 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19762 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19763 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19764 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19765 call CMD.
19766
19767 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19768
19769 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19770 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19771 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19772 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19773
19774 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19775 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19776 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19777
19778 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19779 part of Org's core.
19780
19781 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19782 active region.
19783
19784 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19785
19786 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19787 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19788 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19789
19790 \(fn)" t nil)
19791
19792 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19793 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19794 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19795 Org-mode syntax.
19796
19797 \(fn)" t nil)
19798
19799 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19800 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19801
19802 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19803
19804 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19805 Switch between Org buffers.
19806 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19807 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19808
19809 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19810 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19811
19812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19813
19814 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19815
19816 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19817
19818 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19819 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19820 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19821 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19822
19823 \(fn)" t nil)
19824
19825 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19826 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19827
19828 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19829
19830 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19831 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19832 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19833
19834 \(fn)" t nil)
19835
19836 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19837 Reload all org lisp files.
19838 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19839
19840 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19841
19842 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19843 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19844
19845 \(fn)" t nil)
19846
19847 ;;;***
19848 \f
19849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21862 60209
19850 ;;;;;; 818658 502000))
19851 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19852
19853 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19854 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19855
19856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19857
19858 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19859 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19860 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19861 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19862
19863 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19864 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19865 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19866 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19867 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19868 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19869 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19870 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19871 e Export views to associated files.
19872 s Search entries for keywords.
19873 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19874 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19875 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19876 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19877 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19878 > Remove a previous restriction.
19879 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19880 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19881 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19882
19883 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19884 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19885 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19886
19887 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19888 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19889 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19890 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19891 \(if active).
19892
19893 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19894
19895 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19896 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19897 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19898 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19899 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19900 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19901 before running the agenda command.
19902
19903 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19904
19905 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19906 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19907 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19908 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19909 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19910 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19911 before running the agenda command.
19912
19913 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19914 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19915
19916 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19917
19918 category The category of the item
19919 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19920 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19921 todo selected in TODO match
19922 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19923 diary imported from diary
19924 deadline a deadline on given date
19925 scheduled scheduled on given date
19926 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19927 closed entry was closed on given date
19928 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19929 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19930 block entry has date block including g. date
19931 todo The todo keyword, if any
19932 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19933 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19934 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19935 extra Sting with extra planning info
19936 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19937 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19938 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19939
19940 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19941
19942 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19943 Store agenda views.
19944
19945 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19946
19947 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19948 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19949
19950 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19951
19952 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19953 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19954 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19955 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19956
19957 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19958 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19959 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19960
19961 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19962 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19963
19964 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19965 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19966
19967 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19968
19969 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19970 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19971
19972 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19973 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19974 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19975 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19976 EDIT-AT.
19977
19978 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19979 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19980 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19981 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19982 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19983 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19984
19985 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19986 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19987 including newlines.
19988
19989 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19990 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19991 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19992 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19993 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19994 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19995 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19996
19997 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19998 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19999 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20000 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20001
20002 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20003 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20004 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20005 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20006 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20007 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20008 Boolean search must match as full words.
20009
20010 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20011 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20012
20013 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20014
20015 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20016 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20017 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20018 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20019 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20020 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20021
20022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20023
20024 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20025 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20026 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20027
20028 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20029
20030 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20031 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20032 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20033 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20034 `org-stuck-projects'.
20035
20036 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20037
20038 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20039 Return diary information from org files.
20040 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20041 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20042 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20043 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20044 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20045
20046 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20047
20048 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20049
20050 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20051 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20052
20053 &%%(org-diary)
20054
20055 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20056 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20057 So the example above may also be written as
20058
20059 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20060
20061 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20062 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20063 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20064
20065 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20066
20067 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20068 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20069
20070 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20071
20072 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20073 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20074 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
20075 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
20076 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20077
20078 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20079
20080 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20081 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20082 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20083
20084 \(fn)" t nil)
20085
20086 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20087 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20088 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20089 appointments.
20090
20091 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20092 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20093
20094 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20095 for filtering entries out.
20096
20097 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20098 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20099 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20100
20101 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20102 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20103
20104 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20105 (category \"Work\"))
20106
20107 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20108 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20109
20110 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20111 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20112 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20113 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20114 details and examples.
20115
20116 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20117 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20118
20119 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20120
20121 ;;;***
20122 \f
20123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21855 577
20124 ;;;;;; 287944 835000))
20125 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20126
20127 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20128 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20129
20130 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20131
20132 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20133 Capture something.
20134 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20135 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20136 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20137 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20138 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20139 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20140
20141 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20142 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20143 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20144 stored.
20145
20146 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20147
20148 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20149 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20150 will be bypassed.
20151
20152 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20153 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20154 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20155 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20156
20157 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20158
20159 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20160 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20161
20162 \(fn)" t nil)
20163
20164 ;;;***
20165 \f
20166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21948 40114
20167 ;;;;;; 334686 453000))
20168 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20169
20170 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20171 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20172
20173 \(fn)" t nil)
20174
20175 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20176
20177
20178 \(fn)" nil nil)
20179
20180 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20181 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20182 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20183
20184 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20185
20186 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20187 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20188
20189 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20190
20191 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20192 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20193
20194 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20195
20196 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20197 Write the column view table.
20198 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20199
20200 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20201 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20202 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20203 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20204 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20205 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20206 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20207 using `org-id-find'.
20208 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20209 a hline before each level <= that number.
20210 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20211 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20212 :skip-empty-rows
20213 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20214 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20215
20216 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20217
20218 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20219 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20220
20221 \(fn)" t nil)
20222
20223 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20224 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20225
20226 \(fn)" t nil)
20227
20228 ;;;***
20229 \f
20230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21852 24381
20231 ;;;;;; 787238 943000))
20232 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20233
20234 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20235 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20236
20237 \(fn)" nil t)
20238
20239 ;;;***
20240 \f
20241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21855 577 287944
20242 ;;;;;; 835000))
20243 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20244
20245 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20246 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20247
20248 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20249
20250 ;;;***
20251 \f
20252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20253 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20254 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20255
20256 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20257 The release version of org-mode.
20258 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20259
20260 \(fn)" nil nil)
20261
20262 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20263 The Git version of org-mode.
20264 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20265
20266 \(fn)" nil nil)
20267
20268 ;;;***
20269 \f
20270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21720 38720 956749
20271 ;;;;;; 443000))
20272 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20273 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20274 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20275
20276 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20277 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20278 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20279 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20280
20281 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20282 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20283 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20284 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20285
20286 \\{outline-mode-map}
20287 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20288 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20289 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20290 are used when point is on a heading line.
20291
20292 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20293 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20294 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20295
20296 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20297 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20298
20299 \(fn)" t nil)
20300
20301 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20302 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20303 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20304 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20305 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20306
20307 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20308
20309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20310 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20311
20312 ;;;***
20313 \f
20314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21930 10161
20315 ;;;;;; 970828 320000))
20316 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20317 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20318
20319 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20320 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20321 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20322 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20323 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20324
20325 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20326 activate the package system at any time.")
20327
20328 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20329
20330 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20331 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20332 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20333 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20334 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20335 it to the file.
20336
20337 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20338
20339 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20340 Import keys from FILE.
20341
20342 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20343
20344 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20345 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20346 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20347 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20348 and make them available for download.
20349 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20350 downloads in the background.
20351
20352 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20353
20354 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20355 Install the package PKG.
20356 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20357 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20358
20359 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20360 `package-selected-packages'.
20361
20362 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20363 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20364
20365 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20366
20367 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20368 Install a package from the current buffer.
20369 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20370 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20371 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20372
20373 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20374 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20375 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20376
20377 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20378
20379 \(fn)" t nil)
20380
20381 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20382 Install a package from a file.
20383 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20384 directory.
20385
20386 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20387
20388 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20389 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20390 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20391
20392 \(fn)" t nil)
20393
20394 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20395 Reinstall package PKG.
20396 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20397 object.
20398
20399 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20400
20401 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20402 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20403
20404 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20405 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20406 will be deleted.
20407
20408 \(fn)" t nil)
20409
20410 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20411 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20412
20413 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20414
20415 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20416 Display a list of packages.
20417 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20418 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20419 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20420
20421 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20422
20423 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20424
20425 ;;;***
20426 \f
20427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20428 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20429
20430 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20431 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20432 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20434 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20435 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20436
20437 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20438
20439 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20440 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20441 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20442 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20443 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20444
20445 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20446 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20447 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20448
20449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20450
20451 ;;;***
20452 \f
20453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21670
20454 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
20455 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20456 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20457
20458 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20459 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20460 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20461 unknown are returned as nil.
20462
20463 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20464
20465 ;;;***
20466 \f
20467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21670 32331
20468 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20470
20471 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20472 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20473 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20474
20475 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20476 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20477
20478 Other useful functions are:
20479
20480 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20481 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20482 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20483 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20484 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20485 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20486 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20487 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20488 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20489
20490 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20491
20492 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20493 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20494 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20495 Indentation for case statements.
20496 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20497 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20498 mark after an end.
20499 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20500 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20501 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20502 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20503 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20504 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20505 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20506 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20507 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20508 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20509
20510 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20511 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20512
20513 \(fn)" t nil)
20514
20515 ;;;***
20516 \f
20517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21670
20518 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20519 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20520
20521 (defvar password-cache t "\
20522 Whether to cache passwords.")
20523
20524 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20525
20526 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20527 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20528 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20529
20530 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20531
20532 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20533 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20534
20535 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20536
20537 ;;;***
20538 \f
20539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21888 49775
20540 ;;;;;; 904181 796000))
20541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20542
20543 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20544 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20545 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20546
20547 Patterns can take the following forms:
20548 _ matches anything.
20549 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20550 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20551 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20552 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20553 ATOM is a shorthand for 'ATOM.
20554 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20555 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20556 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20557 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20558 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20559 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20560 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20561
20562 FUN can take the form
20563 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20564 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20565 which is the value being matched.
20566 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20567 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20568 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20569 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20570 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20571 like \\=`(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20572 \\=`(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20573
20574 Additional patterns can be defined via `pcase-defmacro'.
20575 Currently, the following patterns are provided this way:
20576
20577 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20578
20579 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20580
20581 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20582 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20583
20584 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20585
20586 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20587
20588 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20589 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20590 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20591 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20592 variable name being but a special case of it).
20593
20594 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20595
20596 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20597
20598 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20599
20600 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20601 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20602 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20603 of the form (PAT EXP).
20604
20605 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20606
20607 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20608
20609 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20610 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20611 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20612 of the form (PAT EXP).
20613 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20614 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20615 any kind of error.
20616
20617 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20618
20619 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20620
20621 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20622
20623
20624 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20625
20626 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20627
20628 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20629 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20630 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20631 to this macro.
20632
20633 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20634
20635 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20636
20637 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20638
20639 ;;;***
20640 \f
20641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21857 42300 397266
20642 ;;;;;; 599000))
20643 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20644
20645 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20646 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20647
20648 \(fn)" nil nil)
20649
20650 ;;;***
20651 \f
20652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21670 32331 385639
20653 ;;;;;; 720000))
20654 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20655
20656 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20657 Completion for `gzip'.
20658
20659 \(fn)" nil nil)
20660
20661 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20662 Completion for `bzip2'.
20663
20664 \(fn)" nil nil)
20665
20666 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20667 Completion for GNU `make'.
20668
20669 \(fn)" nil nil)
20670
20671 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20672 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20673
20674 \(fn)" nil nil)
20675
20676 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20677
20678 ;;;***
20679 \f
20680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21670 32331
20681 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20682 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20683
20684 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20685 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20686
20687 \(fn)" nil nil)
20688
20689 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20690 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20691
20692 \(fn)" nil nil)
20693
20694 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20695 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20696
20697 \(fn)" nil nil)
20698
20699 ;;;***
20700 \f
20701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21670 32331 385639
20702 ;;;;;; 720000))
20703 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20704
20705 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20706 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20707
20708 \(fn)" nil nil)
20709
20710 ;;;***
20711 \f
20712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21791 47660 796747
20713 ;;;;;; 422000))
20714 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20715
20716 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20717 Completion for `cd'.
20718
20719 \(fn)" nil nil)
20720
20721 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20722
20723 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20724 Completion for `rmdir'.
20725
20726 \(fn)" nil nil)
20727
20728 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20729 Completion for `rm'.
20730
20731 \(fn)" nil nil)
20732
20733 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20734 Completion for `xargs'.
20735
20736 \(fn)" nil nil)
20737
20738 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20739
20740 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20741 Completion for `which'.
20742
20743 \(fn)" nil nil)
20744
20745 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20746 Completion for the `chown' command.
20747
20748 \(fn)" nil nil)
20749
20750 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20751 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20752
20753 \(fn)" nil nil)
20754
20755 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20756 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20757
20758 \(fn)" nil nil)
20759
20760 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20761 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20762 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20763
20764 \(fn)" nil nil)
20765
20766 ;;;***
20767 \f
20768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21670 32331 385639
20769 ;;;;;; 720000))
20770 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20771
20772 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20773 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20774
20775 \(fn)" nil nil)
20776
20777 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20778 Completion for the `ack' command.
20779 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20780 long options.
20781
20782 \(fn)" nil nil)
20783
20784 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20785
20786 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20787 Completion for the `ag' command.
20788
20789 \(fn)" nil nil)
20790
20791 ;;;***
20792 \f
20793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21688 62278 418203
20794 ;;;;;; 119000))
20795 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20796
20797 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20798 Support extensible programmable completion.
20799 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20800 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20801
20802 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20803
20804 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20805 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20806
20807 \(fn)" t nil)
20808
20809 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20810 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20811 This will modify the current buffer.
20812
20813 \(fn)" t nil)
20814
20815 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20816 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20817
20818 \(fn)" t nil)
20819
20820 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20821 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20822 This will modify the current buffer.
20823
20824 \(fn)" t nil)
20825
20826 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20827 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20828
20829 \(fn)" t nil)
20830
20831 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20832 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20833
20834 \(fn)" t nil)
20835
20836 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20837 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20838 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20839 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20840 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20841
20842 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20843
20844 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20845 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20846
20847 \(fn)" nil nil)
20848
20849 ;;;***
20850 \f
20851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
20852 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20853
20854 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20855 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20856 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20857 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20858
20859 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20860
20861 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20862
20863 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20864 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20865 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20866 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20867 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20868 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20869 FLAGS is ignored.
20870
20871 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20872
20873 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20874 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20875 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20876 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20877 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20878 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20879 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20880 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20881
20882 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20883
20884 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20885 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20886 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20887 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20888 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20889 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20890 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20891 passed to cvs.
20892
20893 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20894
20895 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20896 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20897 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20898 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20899 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20900 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20901 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20902
20903 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20904
20905 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20906 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20907 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20908
20909 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20910
20911 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20912 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20913 A value of nil means never do it.
20914 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20915 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20916 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20917
20918 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20919
20920 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20921 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20922 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20923
20924 ;;;***
20925 \f
20926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21670 32331
20927 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20928 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20929
20930 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20931 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20932
20933 ;;;***
20934 \f
20935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21887
20936 ;;;;;; 19055 813447 760000))
20937 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20938 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20939 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20940 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20941 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20942 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20943 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20944
20945 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20946 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20947 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20948 Tab indents for Perl code.
20949 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20950 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20951 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20952 \\{perl-mode-map}
20953 Variables controlling indentation style:
20954 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20955 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20956 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20957 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20958 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20959 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20960 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20961 `perl-nochange'
20962 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20963 `perl-indent-level'
20964 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20965 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20966 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20967 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20968 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20969 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20970 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20971 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20972 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20973 `perl-brace-offset'
20974 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20975 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20976 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20977 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20978 `perl-label-offset'
20979 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20980 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20981 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20982
20983 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20984 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20985 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20986 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20987 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20988 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20989 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20990
20991 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20992
20993 \(fn)" t nil)
20994
20995 ;;;***
20996 \f
20997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21670 32331
20998 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20999 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21000
21001 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21002 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21003 \\<picture-mode-map>
21004 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21005 afterwards settable by these commands:
21006
21007 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21008 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21009 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21010 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21011
21012 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21013 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21014 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21015 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21016
21017 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21018 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21019 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21020 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21021
21022 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21023 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21024 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21025 with these commands:
21026
21027 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21028 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21029 Move to column following last
21030 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21031 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21032 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21033 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21034 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21035 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21036
21037 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21038
21039 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21040 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21041 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21042 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21043 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21044 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21045
21046 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21047 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21048 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21049 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21050 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21051 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21052 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21053
21054 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21055 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21056 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21057 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21058 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21059 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21060 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21061 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21062
21063 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21064 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21065 by supplying an argument.
21066
21067 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21068
21069 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21070 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21071
21072 \(fn)" t nil)
21073
21074 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21075
21076 ;;;***
21077 \f
21078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (21890 39605 414073
21079 ;;;;;; 663000))
21080 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21081 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21082
21083 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21084 Start a Pinentry service.
21085
21086 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21087 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21088
21089 \(fn)" t nil)
21090
21091 ;;;***
21092 \f
21093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21786 29744 368212
21094 ;;;;;; 633000))
21095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21096
21097 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21098 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21099
21100 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21101
21102 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21103 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21104
21105 \(fn)" t nil)
21106
21107 ;;;***
21108 \f
21109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21670 32331 885635
21110 ;;;;;; 586000))
21111 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21112
21113 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21114 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21115 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21116
21117 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21118
21119 ;;;***
21120 \f
21121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21122 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21123
21124 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21125 Play pong and waste time.
21126 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21127 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21128
21129 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21130
21131 \\{pong-mode-map}
21132
21133 \(fn)" t nil)
21134
21135 ;;;***
21136 \f
21137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21139
21140 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21141 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21142 Use streaming commands.
21143
21144 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21145
21146 ;;;***
21147 \f
21148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21670 32330 885624
21149 ;;;;;; 725000))
21150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21151
21152 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21153 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21154 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21155 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21156
21157 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21158
21159 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21160 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21161
21162 \(fn)" nil nil)
21163
21164 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21165 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21166 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21167 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21168 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21169
21170 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21171
21172 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21173 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21174 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21175
21176 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21177
21178 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21179 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21180
21181 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21182
21183 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21184 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21185 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21186 Ignores leading comment characters.
21187
21188 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21189
21190 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21191 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21192 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21193 Ignores leading comment characters.
21194
21195 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21196
21197 ;;;***
21198 \f
21199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21670 32331 385639
21200 ;;;;;; 720000))
21201 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21202 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21203
21204 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21205 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21206
21207 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21208
21209 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21210
21211 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21212
21213 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21214 Preview directory using ghostview.
21215
21216 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21217 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21218 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21219 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21220
21221 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21222 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21223 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21224 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21225 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21226 file name.
21227
21228 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21229
21230 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21231
21232 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21233 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21234
21235 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21236 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21237 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21238 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21239
21240 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21241 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21242 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21243 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21244 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21245 file name.
21246
21247 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21248
21249 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21250
21251 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21252 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21253
21254 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21255 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21256 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21257 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21258
21259 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21260 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21261 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21262 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21263 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21264 file name.
21265
21266 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21267
21268 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21269
21270 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21271 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21272
21273 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21274
21275 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21276 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21277 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21278 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21279
21280 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21281 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21282 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21283 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21284 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21285 file name.
21286
21287 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21288
21289 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21290
21291 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21292 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21293
21294 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21295 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21296 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21297
21298 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21299 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21300 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21301 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21302
21303 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21304
21305 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21306 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21307
21308 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21309 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21310 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21311
21312 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21313 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21314 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21315 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21316
21317 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21318
21319 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21320 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21321
21322 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21323 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21324 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21325
21326 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21327 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21328 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21329 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21330
21331 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21332
21333 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21334 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21335
21336 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21337
21338 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21339 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21340 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21341
21342 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21343 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21344 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21345 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21346
21347 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21348
21349 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21350 Preview region using ghostview.
21351
21352 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21353
21354 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21355
21356 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21357 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21358
21359 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21360
21361 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21362
21363 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21364 Print region using PostScript printer.
21365
21366 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21367
21368 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21369
21370 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21371 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21372
21373 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21374
21375 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21376
21377 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21378 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21379
21380 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21381
21382 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21383
21384 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21385 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21386
21387 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21388
21389 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21390
21391 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21392 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21393
21394 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21395
21396 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21397
21398 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21399 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21400
21401 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21402
21403 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21404
21405 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21406 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21407 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21408 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21409
21410 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21411 matching.
21412
21413 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21414 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21415
21416 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21417
21418 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21419
21420 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21421 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21422 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21423 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21424
21425 \(fn)" t nil)
21426
21427 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21428 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21429 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21430 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21431
21432 \(fn)" t nil)
21433
21434 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21435 Print directory using text printer.
21436
21437 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21438 matching.
21439
21440 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21441 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21442
21443 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21444
21445 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21446
21447 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21448 Print buffer using text printer.
21449
21450 \(fn)" t nil)
21451
21452 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21453 Print region using text printer.
21454
21455 \(fn)" t nil)
21456
21457 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21458 Print major mode using text printer.
21459
21460 \(fn)" t nil)
21461
21462 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21463 Preview spooled PostScript.
21464
21465 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21466 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21467 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21468
21469 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21470 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21471 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21472
21473 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21474
21475 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21476 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21477
21478 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21479 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21480 instead of sending it to the printer.
21481
21482 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21483 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21484 image in a file with that name.
21485
21486 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21487
21488 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21489 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21490
21491 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21492 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21493 instead of sending it to the printer.
21494
21495 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21496 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21497 image in a file with that name.
21498
21499 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21500
21501 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21502 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21503
21504 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21505 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21506 instead of sending it to the printer.
21507
21508 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21509 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21510 image in a file with that name.
21511
21512 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21513
21514 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21515 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21516
21517 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21518
21519 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21520 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21521
21522 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21523
21524 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21525 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21526
21527 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21528
21529 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21530 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21531
21532 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21533
21534 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21535 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21536
21537 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21538
21539 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21540 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21541
21542 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21543 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21544 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21545 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21546
21547 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21548 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21549 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21550 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21551 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21552 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21553 file name.
21554
21555 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21556
21557 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21558 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21559
21560 \(fn)" t nil)
21561
21562 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21563 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21564
21565 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21566 right.
21567 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21568 bottom.
21569
21570 \(fn)" t nil)
21571
21572 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21573 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21574
21575 \(fn)" t nil)
21576
21577 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21578 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21579
21580 \(fn)" t nil)
21581
21582 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21583 Toggle printing with faces.
21584
21585 \(fn)" t nil)
21586
21587 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21588 Toggle spooling.
21589
21590 \(fn)" t nil)
21591
21592 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21593 Toggle duplex.
21594
21595 \(fn)" t nil)
21596
21597 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21598 Toggle tumble.
21599
21600 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21601 right.
21602 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21603 bottom.
21604
21605 \(fn)" t nil)
21606
21607 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21608 Toggle landscape.
21609
21610 \(fn)" t nil)
21611
21612 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21613 Toggle upside-down.
21614
21615 \(fn)" t nil)
21616
21617 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21618 Toggle line number.
21619
21620 \(fn)" t nil)
21621
21622 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21623 Toggle zebra stripes.
21624
21625 \(fn)" t nil)
21626
21627 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21628 Toggle printing header.
21629
21630 \(fn)" t nil)
21631
21632 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21633 Toggle printing header frame.
21634
21635 \(fn)" t nil)
21636
21637 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21638 Toggle menu lock.
21639
21640 \(fn)" t nil)
21641
21642 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21643 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21644
21645 \(fn)" t nil)
21646
21647 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21648 Toggle auto mode.
21649
21650 \(fn)" t nil)
21651
21652 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21653 Customization of the `printing' group.
21654
21655 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21656
21657 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21658 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21659
21660 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21661
21662 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21663 Help for the printing package.
21664
21665 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21666
21667 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21668 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21669
21670 \(fn)" t nil)
21671
21672 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21673 Interactively select a text printer.
21674
21675 \(fn)" t nil)
21676
21677 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21678 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21679
21680 \(fn)" t nil)
21681
21682 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21683 Show current ps-print settings.
21684
21685 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21686
21687 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21688 Show current printing settings.
21689
21690 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21691
21692 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21693 Show current lpr settings.
21694
21695 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21696
21697 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21698 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21699
21700 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21701 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21702 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21703 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21704
21705
21706 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21707
21708 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21709 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21710 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21711
21712 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21713 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21714 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21715 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21716 current active printer.
21717
21718 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21719 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21720 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21721 printer.
21722
21723 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21724 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21725 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21726 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21727 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21728
21729
21730 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21731 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21732
21733 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21734
21735 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21736 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21737 be done using the new current active printer.
21738
21739 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21740 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21741 printer.
21742
21743 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21744 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21745 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21746 instead of sending it to the printer.
21747
21748 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21749 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21750 printer.
21751
21752 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21753
21754
21755 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21756 are both set to t.
21757
21758 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21759
21760 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21761 Fast fire function for text printing.
21762
21763 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21764 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21765 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21766 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21767
21768 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21769 user for a new active text printer.
21770
21771 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21772
21773 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21774
21775 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21776 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21777 printer.
21778
21779 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21780
21781 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21782 are both set to t.
21783
21784 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21785
21786 ;;;***
21787 \f
21788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21789 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21790
21791 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21792 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21793 \\<proced-mode-map>
21794 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21795 the process information.
21796
21797 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21798
21799 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21800 Proced buffers.
21801
21802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21803
21804 ;;;***
21805 \f
21806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21948 40114 402686
21807 ;;;;;; 453000))
21808 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21809
21810 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21811 Start/restart profilers.
21812 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21813 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21814 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21815
21816 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21817
21818 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21819 Open profile FILENAME.
21820
21821 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21822
21823 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21824 Open profile FILENAME.
21825
21826 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21827
21828 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21829 Open profile FILENAME.
21830
21831 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21832
21833 ;;;***
21834 \f
21835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (21947 19252
21836 ;;;;;; 629252 749000))
21837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21838
21839 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21840 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21841
21842 \(fn &optional DIR)" nil nil)
21843
21844 ;;;***
21845 \f
21846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21670 32331
21847 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21849
21850 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21851 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21852
21853 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21854 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21855
21856 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21857
21858 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21859 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21860
21861 Commands:
21862 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21863
21864 \(fn)" t nil)
21865
21866 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21867 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21868 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21869
21870 \(fn)" t nil)
21871
21872 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21873 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21874 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21875
21876 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21877
21878 ;;;***
21879 \f
21880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
21881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21882
21883 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21884 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21885 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21886
21887 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21888
21889 ;;;***
21890 \f
21891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21670 32331
21892 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21894 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21895
21896 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21897 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21898
21899 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21900
21901 The following variables hold user options, and can
21902 be set through the `customize' command:
21903
21904 `ps-mode-tab'
21905 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21906 `ps-mode-print-function'
21907 `ps-run-prompt'
21908 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21909 `ps-run-x'
21910 `ps-run-dumb'
21911 `ps-run-init'
21912 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21913 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21914
21915 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21916
21917
21918 \\{ps-mode-map}
21919
21920
21921 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21922 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21923 The keymap for this second window is:
21924
21925 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21926
21927
21928 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21929 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21930 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21931 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21932 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21933
21934 \(fn)" t nil)
21935
21936 ;;;***
21937 \f
21938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21948 40114 490686
21939 ;;;;;; 453000))
21940 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21941 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21942
21943 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21944 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21945 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21946
21947 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21948
21949 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21950 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21951 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21952 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21953
21954 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21955
21956 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21957 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21958
21959 Valid values are:
21960
21961 nil Do not print colors.
21962
21963 t Print colors.
21964
21965 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21966 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21967
21968 Any other value is treated as t.")
21969
21970 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21971
21972 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21973 Customization of ps-print group.
21974
21975 \(fn)" t nil)
21976
21977 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21978 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21979
21980 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21981 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21982 sending it to the printer.
21983
21984 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21985 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21986 image in a file with that name.
21987
21988 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21989
21990 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21991 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21992 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21993 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21994 so it has a way to determine color values.
21995
21996 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21997
21998 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21999 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22000 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22001
22002 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22003
22004 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22005 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22006 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22007 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22008 so it has a way to determine color values.
22009
22010 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22011
22012 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22013 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22014 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22015 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22016
22017 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22018
22019 \(fn)" t nil)
22020
22021 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22022 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22023 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22024 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22025 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22026
22027 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22028
22029 \(fn)" t nil)
22030
22031 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22032 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22033 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22034
22035 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22036
22037 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22038
22039 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22040 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22041 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22042 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22043 so it has a way to determine color values.
22044
22045 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22046
22047 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22048
22049 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22050 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22051
22052 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22053 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22054 instead of sending it to the printer.
22055
22056 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22057 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22058 image in a file with that name.
22059
22060 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22061
22062 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22063 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22064 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22065 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22066 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22067
22068 \(fn)" t nil)
22069
22070 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22071 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22072 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22073
22074 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22075
22076 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22077 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22078 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22079
22080 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22081
22082 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22083 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22084
22085 \(fn)" nil nil)
22086
22087 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22088 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22089
22090 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22091 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22092
22093 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22094 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22095
22096 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22097
22098 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22099
22100 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22101
22102 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22103 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22104
22105 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22106 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22107
22108 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22109 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22110
22111 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22112
22113 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22114
22115 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22116
22117 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22118 foreground and background colors respectively.
22119
22120 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22121 bold - use bold font.
22122 italic - use italic font.
22123 underline - put a line under text.
22124 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22125 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22126 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22127 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22128 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22129
22130 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22131
22132 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22133
22134 ;;;***
22135 \f
22136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21834 32653 960520
22137 ;;;;;; 248000))
22138 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22139 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22140
22141 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22142 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22143 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22144
22145 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22146
22147 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22148 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22149 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22150
22151 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22152
22153 ;;;***
22154 \f
22155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21915 42801
22156 ;;;;;; 68409 735000))
22157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22158 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22159
22160 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22161
22162 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22163
22164 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22165 Run an inferior Python process.
22166
22167 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22168 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22169 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22170 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22171 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22172
22173 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22174 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22175 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22176 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22177
22178 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22179 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22180 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22181
22182 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22183
22184 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22185 Major mode for editing Python files.
22186
22187 \\{python-mode-map}
22188
22189 \(fn)" t nil)
22190
22191 ;;;***
22192 \f
22193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22195
22196 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22197 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22198 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22199 coding-system.
22200
22201 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22202 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22203
22204 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22205 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22206 them into characters should be done separately.
22207
22208 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22209
22210 ;;;***
22211 \f
22212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21829 62890
22213 ;;;;;; 321199 861000))
22214 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22215
22216 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22217 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22218
22219 \(fn)" nil nil)
22220
22221 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22222 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22223 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22224
22225 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22226 `quail-activate', which see.
22227
22228 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22229
22230 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22231 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22232 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22233 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22234 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22235 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22236 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22237
22238 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22239 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22240 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22241 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22242 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22243 shown.
22244 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22245
22246 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22247 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22248 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22249 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22250 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22251 list of candidates.
22252
22253 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22254 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22255 command to be called.
22256
22257 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22258 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22259 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22260 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22261
22262 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22263 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22264 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22265 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22266 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22267 to t.
22268
22269 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22270 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22271 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22272 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22273
22274 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22275 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22276 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22277 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22278 defines no translations for single character keys.
22279
22280 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22281 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22282 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22283 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22284 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22285 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22286
22287 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22288 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22289 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22290 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22291 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22292 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22293
22294 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22295 covers Quail translation region.
22296
22297 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22298 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22299 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22300 for it) is inserted.
22301
22302 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22303 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22304 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22305
22306 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22307 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22308 non-Quail commands.
22309
22310 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22311
22312 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22313 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22314
22315 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22316 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22317 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22318 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22319 you type is correctly handled.
22320
22321 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22322
22323 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22324 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22325
22326 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22327 keyboard type.
22328
22329 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22330
22331 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22332 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22333 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22334 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22335 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22336 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22337 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22338 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22339 for the translation.
22340 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22341
22342 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22343 it is used to handle KEY.
22344
22345 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22346 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22347 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22348 the following annotation types are supported.
22349
22350 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22351 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22352
22353 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22354 candidate list.
22355
22356 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22357 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22358 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22359 inserted.
22360
22361 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22362 generated for the following translations.
22363
22364 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22365
22366 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22367 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22368
22369 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22370 which to install MAP.
22371
22372 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22373
22374 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22375
22376 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22377 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22378
22379 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22380 which to install MAP.
22381
22382 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22383
22384 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22385
22386 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22387 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22388 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22389 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22390 a function, or a cons.
22391 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22392 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22393 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22394 for the translation.
22395 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22396 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22397 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22398 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22399 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22400
22401 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22402 it is used to handle KEY.
22403
22404 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22405 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22406 current Quail package.
22407
22408 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22409 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22410
22411 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22412
22413 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22414 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22415
22416 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22417 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22418
22419 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22420
22421 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22422 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22423
22424 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22425
22426 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22427 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22428 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22429 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22430 of the Emacs source tree.
22431
22432 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22433 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22434
22435 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22436 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22437 of each directory.
22438
22439 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22440
22441 ;;;***
22442 \f
22443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21770
22444 ;;;;;; 41522 196747 399000))
22445 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22446
22447 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22448 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22449 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22450 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22451
22452 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22453
22454 ;;;***
22455 \f
22456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22457 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22458 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22459
22460 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22461 Activate UCS input method.
22462 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22463
22464 While this input method is active, the variable
22465 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22466
22467 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22468
22469 ;;;***
22470 \f
22471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21670 32331 385639
22472 ;;;;;; 720000))
22473 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22474
22475 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22476 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22477 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22478 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22479
22480 To make use of this do something like:
22481
22482 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22483
22484 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22485
22486 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22487 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22488
22489 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22490 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22491 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22492
22493 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22494
22495 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22496 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22497
22498 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22499
22500 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22501 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22502
22503 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22504 is decided.
22505
22506 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22507
22508 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22509 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22510
22511 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22512 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22513 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22514
22515 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22516
22517 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22518 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22519
22520 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22521
22522 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22523 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22524
22525 \(fn)" t nil)
22526
22527 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22528 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22529
22530 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22531
22532 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22533
22534 \(fn)" t nil)
22535
22536 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22537 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22538
22539 \(fn)" t nil)
22540
22541 ;;;***
22542 \f
22543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21930 10161 986828
22544 ;;;;;; 320000))
22545 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22546
22547 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22548 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22549
22550 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22551
22552 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22553
22554 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22555
22556 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22557
22558 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22559
22560
22561 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22562
22563 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22564 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22565 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22566 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22567 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22568 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22569
22570 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22571
22572 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22573 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22574 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22575 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22576 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22577
22578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22579
22580 ;;;***
22581 \f
22582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21670
22583 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22585
22586 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22587
22588 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22589 Construct a regexp interactively.
22590 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22591 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22592 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22593
22594 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22595 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22596
22597 \(fn)" t nil)
22598
22599 ;;;***
22600 \f
22601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21852 24381 997231
22602 ;;;;;; 450000))
22603 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22604
22605 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22606 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22607 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22609 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22610 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22611
22612 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22613
22614 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22615 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22616 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22617 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22618 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22619
22620 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22621 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22622 were operated on recently.
22623
22624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22625
22626 ;;;***
22627 \f
22628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21803 38823 44085 519000))
22629 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22630
22631 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22632 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22633 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22634 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22635 ends.
22636
22637 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22638 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22639 to be deleted.
22640
22641 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22642
22643 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22644 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22645 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22646
22647 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22648 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22649 deleted.
22650
22651 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22652
22653 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22654 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22655 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22656
22657 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22658
22659 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22660 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22661
22662 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22663 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22664
22665 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22666 deleted.
22667
22668 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22669 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22670 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22671 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22672 even beep.)
22673
22674 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22675
22676 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22677 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22678
22679 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22680
22681 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22682 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22683
22684 \(fn)" t nil)
22685
22686 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22687 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22688 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22689 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22690 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22691 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22692 and point is at the lower right corner.
22693
22694 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22695
22696 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22697 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22698
22699 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22700 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22701
22702 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22703 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22704 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22705
22706 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22707
22708 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22709
22710 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22711 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22712 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22713 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22714 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22715
22716 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22717 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22718
22719 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22720
22721 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22722 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22723 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22724
22725 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22726
22727 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22728
22729 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22730
22731 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22732 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22733
22734 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22735 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22736 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22737
22738 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22739
22740 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22741 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22742 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22743
22744 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22745 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22746 rectangle which were empty.
22747
22748 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22749
22750 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22751 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22752
22753 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22754 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22755 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22756 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22757
22758 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22759
22760 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22761 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22762 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22763
22764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22765
22766 ;;;***
22767 \f
22768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21670 32331
22769 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22771
22772 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22773 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22775 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22776 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22777
22778 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22779 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22780 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22781 auto-filling.
22782
22783 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22784
22785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22786
22787 ;;;***
22788 \f
22789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21833 60086
22790 ;;;;;; 84775 646000))
22791 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22792 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22793 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22794 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22795 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22796
22797 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22798 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22799
22800 \(fn)" nil nil)
22801
22802 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22803 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22804
22805 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22806 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22807
22808 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22809 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22810 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22811 \\ref macro.
22812
22813 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22814 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22815 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22816
22817 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22818 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22819 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22820
22821 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22822 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22823
22824 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22825 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22826
22827 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22828 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22829 on the menu bar.
22830
22831 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22832
22833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22834
22835 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22836 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22837 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22838
22839 \(fn)" nil nil)
22840
22841 ;;;***
22842 \f
22843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21887
22844 ;;;;;; 63409 948052 707000))
22845 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22846 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22847 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22848 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22849 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22850
22851 ;;;***
22852 \f
22853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21670
22854 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22855 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22856
22857 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22858 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22859 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22860 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22861 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22862 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22863
22864 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22865 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22866
22867 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22868 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22869 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22870 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22871
22872 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22873
22874 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22875 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22876 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22877 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22878
22879 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22880
22881 ;;;***
22882 \f
22883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21670 32330 885624
22884 ;;;;;; 725000))
22885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22886 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22887
22888 ;;;***
22889 \f
22890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21670 32331
22891 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22892 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22893 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22894
22895 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22896 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22897 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22898 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22899
22900 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22901
22902 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22903
22904 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22905 Call `remember' in another frame.
22906
22907 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22908
22909 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22910 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22911 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22912
22913 \(fn)" t nil)
22914
22915 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22916 Extract diary entries from the region.
22917
22918 \(fn)" nil nil)
22919
22920 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22921 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22922 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22923 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22924
22925 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22926
22927 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22928 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22929 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22930 minor mode.
22931
22932 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22933
22934 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22935 Return the buffer.
22936
22937 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22938 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22939 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22940
22941 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22942
22943 ;;;***
22944 \f
22945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22946 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22947 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22948
22949 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22950 Repeat most recently executed command.
22951 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22952 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22953 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22954
22955 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22956 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22957 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22958 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22959
22960 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22961 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22962 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22963
22964 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22965
22966 ;;;***
22967 \f
22968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21670 32331
22969 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
22970 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22971
22972 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22973 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22974
22975 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22976 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22977 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22978 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22979 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22980 and point is left after the salutation.
22981
22982 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22983 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22984 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22985 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22986 left after that text.
22987
22988 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22989 is non-nil.
22990
22991 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22992 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22993 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22994 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22995
22996 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22997
22998 ;;;***
22999 \f
23000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21670 32331 885635
23001 ;;;;;; 586000))
23002 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23003
23004 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23005 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23006 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23007 visibility of comments that precede it.
23008 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23009 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23010 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23011 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23012 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23013 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23014 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23015 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23016 the comment lines.
23017 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23018 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23019 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23020 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23021 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23022
23023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23024
23025 ;;;***
23026 \f
23027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23028 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23029
23030 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23031 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23032 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23033 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23034 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23035
23036 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23037 reveals invisible text around point.
23038
23039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23040
23041 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23042 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23043 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23044 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23045 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23046 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23047
23048 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23049
23050 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23051 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23052 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23053
23054 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23055 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23056 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23057
23058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23059
23060 ;;;***
23061 \f
23062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
23063 ;;;;;; 725000))
23064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23065
23066 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23067 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23068
23069 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23070
23071 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23072 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23073
23074 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23075
23076 ;;;***
23077 \f
23078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21852 24381 727234
23079 ;;;;;; 912000))
23080 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23081
23082 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23083 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23084 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23085 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23086
23087 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23088
23089 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23090 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23091 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23092 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23093
23094 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23095 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23096
23097 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23098 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23099
23100 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23101 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23102 INPUT-ARGS.
23103
23104 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23105 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23106 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23107 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23108 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23109
23110 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23111 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23112 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23113 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23114
23115 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23116 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23117 variable.
23118
23119 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23120
23121 ;;;***
23122 \f
23123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21862 60482 540812
23124 ;;;;;; 493000))
23125 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23126
23127 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23128 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23129
23130 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23131
23132 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23133
23134 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23135 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23136 Its name should end with a slash.")
23137
23138 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23139 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23140
23141 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23142 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23143 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23144
23145 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23146
23147 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23148 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23149 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23150 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23151 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23152 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23153 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23154
23155 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23156 sent by you under different user names.
23157 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23158
23159 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23160
23161 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23162
23163 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23164
23165 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23166 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23167 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23168 explicitly.")
23169
23170 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23171
23172 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23173 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23174 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23175 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23176 which normally happens once for each message,
23177 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23178 To make a change in this variable take effect
23179 for a message that you have already viewed,
23180 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23181
23182 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23183
23184 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23185 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23186 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23187 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23188
23189 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23190
23191 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23192 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23193
23194 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23195
23196 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23197 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23198 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23199
23200 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23201
23202 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23203 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23204 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23205 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23206 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23207 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23208
23209 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23210
23211 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23212 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23213
23214 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23215
23216 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23217 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23218
23219 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23220
23221 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23222 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23223
23224 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23225 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23226
23227 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23228
23229 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23230 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23231
23232 This is set to nil by default.")
23233
23234 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23235 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23236 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23237 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23238 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23239 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23240 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23241
23242 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23243 Read and edit incoming mail.
23244 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23245 file in RMAIL Mode.
23246 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23247
23248 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23249 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23250 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23251 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23252
23253 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23254
23255 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23256
23257 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23258 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23259 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23260 Instead, these commands are available:
23261
23262 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23263 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23264 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23265 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23266 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23267 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23268 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23269 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23270 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23271 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23272 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23273 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23274 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23275 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23276 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23277 till a deleted message is found.
23278 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23279 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23280 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23281 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23282 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23283 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23284 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23285 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23286 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23287 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23288 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23289 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23290 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23291 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23292 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23293 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23294 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23295 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23296 (label defaults to last one specified).
23297 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23298 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23299 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23300 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23301 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23302 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23303 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23304 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23305 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23306
23307 \(fn)" t nil)
23308
23309 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23310 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23311
23312 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23313
23314 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23315 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23316
23317 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23318
23319 ;;;***
23320 \f
23321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21670 32331
23322 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23323 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23324 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23325
23326 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23327 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23328 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23329 case it writes Babyl.
23330
23331 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23332 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23333 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23334 `rmail-default-file'.
23335
23336 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23337 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23338 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23339
23340 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23341 the header display is currently pruned.
23342
23343 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23344 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23345 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23346 messages after output.
23347
23348 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23349 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23350 message (if writing a file directly).
23351
23352 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23353 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23354
23355 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23356
23357 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23358 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23359 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23360 i) the header is output as currently seen
23361 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23362 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23363
23364 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23365 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23366 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23367
23368 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23369
23370 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23371 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23372 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23373 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23374 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23375 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23376 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23377
23378 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23379 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23380 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23381
23382 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23383
23384 ;;;***
23385 \f
23386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21670 32331
23387 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23388 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23389
23390 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23391 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23392 Return a pattern.
23393
23394 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23395
23396 ;;;***
23397 \f
23398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21670 32331
23399 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23400 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23401
23402 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23403 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23404 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23405 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23406
23407 \(fn)" t nil)
23408
23409 ;;;***
23410 \f
23411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21948 40114
23412 ;;;;;; 322686 453000))
23413 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23414
23415 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23416 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23417
23418 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23419 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23420 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23421 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23422 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23423 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23424 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23425 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23426 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23427 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23428
23429 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23430 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23431 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23432 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23433 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23434 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23435 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23436 to use for finding the schema.
23437
23438 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23439
23440 ;;;***
23441 \f
23442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21670 32331 385639
23443 ;;;;;; 720000))
23444 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23445
23446 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23447
23448 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23449 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23450 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23451 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23452 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23453 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23454 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23455 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23456 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23457 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23458 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23459 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23460 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23461 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23462 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23463 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23464 must be equal.
23465
23466 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23467
23468 ;;;***
23469 \f
23470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21824 5851
23471 ;;;;;; 711914 99000))
23472 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23473
23474 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23475 Define a robin package.
23476
23477 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23478 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23479 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23480 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23481
23482 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23483 one replaces the old one.
23484
23485 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23486
23487 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23488 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23489
23490 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23491 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23492 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23493
23494 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23495
23496 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23497 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23498
23499 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23500
23501 ;;;***
23502 \f
23503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23504 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23505
23506 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23507 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23508
23509 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23510
23511 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23512 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23513
23514 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23515
23516 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23517 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23518
23519 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23520
23521 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23522 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23523 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23524
23525 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23526 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23527 in ROT13.
23528
23529 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23530
23531 \(fn)" t nil)
23532
23533 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23534 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23535
23536 \(fn)" t nil)
23537
23538 ;;;***
23539 \f
23540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21852 24382 77263
23541 ;;;;;; 112000))
23542 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23543 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23544
23545 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23546 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23547 \\<rst-mode-map>
23548
23549 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23550 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23551 highlighting.
23552
23553 \\{rst-mode-map}
23554
23555 \(fn)" t nil)
23556
23557 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23558 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23559 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23560 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23561 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23562
23563 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23564 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23565 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23566
23567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23568
23569 ;;;***
23570 \f
23571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21855
23572 ;;;;;; 577 437945 800000))
23573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23574 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23575
23576 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23577 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23578
23579 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23580
23581 \(fn)" t nil)
23582
23583 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23584
23585 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23586
23587 ;;;***
23588 \f
23589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21906 58826 62640
23590 ;;;;;; 200000))
23591 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23592 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23593
23594 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23595 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23596 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23597
23598 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23599 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23601 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23602 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23603
23604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23605
23606 ;;;***
23607 \f
23608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21807 35879 352666
23609 ;;;;;; 863000))
23610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23611
23612 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23613 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23614 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23615 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23616
23617 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23618
23619 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23620 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23621 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23622
23623 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23624 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23625 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23626
23627 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23628 notation.
23629
23630 STRING
23631 matches string STRING literally.
23632
23633 CHAR
23634 matches character CHAR literally.
23635
23636 `not-newline', `nonl'
23637 matches any character except a newline.
23638
23639 `anything'
23640 matches any character
23641
23642 `(any SET ...)'
23643 `(in SET ...)'
23644 `(char SET ...)'
23645 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23646 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23647 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23648
23649 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23650 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23651 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23652 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23653
23654 `(not (any SET ...))'
23655 matches any character not in SET ...
23656
23657 `line-start', `bol'
23658 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23659 in the text being matched
23660
23661 `line-end', `eol'
23662 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23663
23664 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23665 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23666 string being matched against.
23667
23668 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23669 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23670 string being matched against.
23671
23672 `buffer-start'
23673 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23674 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23675
23676 `buffer-end'
23677 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23678 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23679
23680 `point'
23681 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23682
23683 `word-start', `bow'
23684 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23685
23686 `word-end', `eow'
23687 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23688
23689 `word-boundary'
23690 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23691 word.
23692
23693 `(not word-boundary)'
23694 `not-word-boundary'
23695 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23696 word.
23697
23698 `symbol-start'
23699 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23700
23701 `symbol-end'
23702 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23703
23704 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23705 matches 0 through 9.
23706
23707 `control', `cntrl'
23708 matches ASCII control characters.
23709
23710 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23711 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23712
23713 `blank'
23714 matches space and tab only.
23715
23716 `graphic', `graph'
23717 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23718 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23719 unassigned by Unicode.
23720
23721 `printing', `print'
23722 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23723
23724 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23725 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23726 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23727
23728 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23729 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23730 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23731
23732 `ascii'
23733 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23734
23735 `nonascii'
23736 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23737
23738 `lower', `lower-case'
23739 matches anything lower-case.
23740
23741 `upper', `upper-case'
23742 matches anything upper-case.
23743
23744 `punctuation', `punct'
23745 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23746 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23747
23748 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23749 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23750
23751 `word', `wordchar'
23752 matches anything that has word syntax.
23753
23754 `not-wordchar'
23755 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23756
23757 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23758 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23759 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23760 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23761
23762 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23763 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23764 `word' (\\sw)
23765 `symbol' (\\s_)
23766 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23767 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23768 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23769 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23770 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23771 `escape' (\\s\\)
23772 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23773 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23774 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23775 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23776 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23777
23778 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23779 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23780
23781 `(category CATEGORY)'
23782 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23783 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23784
23785 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23786 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23787 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23788 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23789 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23790 `symbol' (\\c5)
23791 `digit' (\\c6)
23792 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23793 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23794 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23795 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23796 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23797 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23798 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23799 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23800 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23801 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23802 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23803 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23804 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23805 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23806 `ascii' (\\ca)
23807 `arabic' (\\cb)
23808 `chinese' (\\cc)
23809 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23810 `greek' (\\cg)
23811 `korean' (\\ch)
23812 `indian' (\\ci)
23813 `japanese' (\\cj)
23814 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23815 `latin' (\\cl)
23816 `lao' (\\co)
23817 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23818 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23819 `thai' (\\ct)
23820 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23821 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23822 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23823 `can-break' (\\c|)
23824
23825 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23826 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23827
23828 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23829 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23830 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23831 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23832 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23833
23834 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23835 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23836 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23837 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23838
23839 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23840 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23841 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23842 group number N.
23843
23844 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23845 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23846 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23847 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23848 regular expression.
23849
23850 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23851 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23852 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23853 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23854 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23855
23856 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23857 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23858
23859 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23860 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23861
23862 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23863 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23864 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23865
23866 `(* SEXP ...)'
23867 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23868 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23869
23870 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23871 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23872 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23873
23874 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23875 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23876 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23877
23878 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23879 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23880
23881 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23882 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23883
23884 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23885 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23886 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23887 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23888
23889 `(? SEXP ...)'
23890 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23891
23892 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23893 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23894
23895 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23896 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23897 matches N occurrences.
23898
23899 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23900 matches N or more occurrences.
23901
23902 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23903 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23904 matches N to M occurrences.
23905
23906 `(backref N)'
23907 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23908
23909 `(eval FORM)'
23910 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23911 `regexp-quote' it.
23912
23913 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23914 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23915
23916 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23917
23918 ;;;***
23919 \f
23920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21670 32331
23921 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23922 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23923 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23924
23925 ;;;***
23926 \f
23927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21670 32331 885635
23928 ;;;;;; 586000))
23929 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23930 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23931
23932 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23933 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23934 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23936 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23937 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23938
23939 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23940
23941 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23942 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23944 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23945 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23946
23947 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23948 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23949 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23950 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23951
23952 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23953 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23954 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23955
23956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23957
23958 ;;;***
23959 \f
23960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (21822 58098 20521
23961 ;;;;;; 61000))
23962 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
23963
23964 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
23965 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
23966 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23967 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23968 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23969 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
23970
23971 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
23972
23973 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
23974 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
23975 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
23976 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
23977
23978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23979
23980 ;;;***
23981 \f
23982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21670 32331
23983 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23985
23986 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23987 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23988 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23989
23990 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23991 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23992 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23993 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23994 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23995 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23996 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23997 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23998
23999 Commands:
24000 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24001 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24002 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24003
24004 \(fn)" t nil)
24005
24006 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24007 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24008 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24009
24010 Commands:
24011 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24012 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24013 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24014 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24015 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24016 that variable's value is a string.
24017
24018 \(fn)" t nil)
24019
24020 ;;;***
24021 \f
24022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21670 32331
24023 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24025
24026 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24027 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24028 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24029
24030 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24031
24032 \(fn)" t nil)
24033
24034 ;;;***
24035 \f
24036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21670 32331 885635
24037 ;;;;;; 586000))
24038 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24039
24040 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24041 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24042 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24043 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24044 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24045 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24046
24047 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24048
24049 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24050 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24052 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24053 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24054
24055 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24056 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24057
24058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24059
24060 ;;;***
24061 \f
24062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21670 32331
24063 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
24064 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24065
24066 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24067 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24068 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24069 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24070 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24071 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24072 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24073 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24074
24075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24076
24077 ;;;***
24078 \f
24079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21855 577 177946
24080 ;;;;;; 739000))
24081 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24082 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24083 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24084
24085 ;;;***
24086 \f
24087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21948 40114
24088 ;;;;;; 186686 453000))
24089 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24090 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24091
24092 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24093 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24094 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24095
24096 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24097 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24098 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24099 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24100 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24101 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24102 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24103 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24104 keybinding for tag names.
24105 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24106 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24107 of the symbol under point.
24108 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24109 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24110 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24111 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24112 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24113 syntax tokens.
24114 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24115
24116 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24117
24118 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24119 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24120 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24121 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24122 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24123 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24124
24125 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24126
24127 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24128 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24129 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24130 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24131 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24132
24133 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24134 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24135 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24136 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24137 Semantic mode.
24138
24139 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24140
24141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24142
24143 ;;;***
24144 \f
24145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24146 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24147 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24148
24149 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24150 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24151
24152 \(fn)" t nil)
24153
24154 ;;;***
24155 \f
24156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24157 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24158 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24159
24160 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24161 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24162
24163 \(fn)" t nil)
24164
24165 ;;;***
24166 \f
24167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21861 39358
24168 ;;;;;; 517945 150000))
24169 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24170
24171 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24172 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24173
24174 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24175 king@grassland.com
24176 If `parens', they look like:
24177 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24178 If `angles', they look like:
24179 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24180
24181 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24182 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24183
24184 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24185
24186 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24187 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24188 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24189 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24190
24191 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24192 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24193 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24194 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24195
24196 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24197
24198 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24199 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24200 This is done when the message is initialized,
24201 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24202
24203 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24204
24205 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24206 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24207 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24208
24209 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24210
24211 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24212 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24213 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24214 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24215 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24216 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24217 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24218
24219 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24220
24221 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24222 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24223
24224 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24225
24226 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24227 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24228 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24229 be a Babyl file.")
24230
24231 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24232
24233 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24234 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24235 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24236 when you first send mail.")
24237
24238 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24239
24240 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24241 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24242 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24243 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24244 This file need not actually exist.")
24245
24246 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24247
24248 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24249 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24250
24251 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24252
24253 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24254 Alist of mail address aliases,
24255 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24256 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24257 can specify a different file name.)
24258 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24259 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24260
24261 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24262 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24263 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24264
24265 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24266
24267 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24268 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24269 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24270
24271 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24272
24273 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24274 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24275 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24276 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24277 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24278 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24279 in the cited portion of the message.
24280
24281 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24282 instead of no action.")
24283
24284 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24285
24286 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24287 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24288 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24289 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24290 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24291
24292 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24293
24294 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24295 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24296 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24297 If a string, that string is inserted.
24298 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24299 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24300 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24301 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24302
24303 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24304
24305 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24306 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24307
24308 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24309
24310 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24311 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24312 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24313
24314 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24315 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24316
24317 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24318
24319 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24320 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24321 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24322 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24323
24324 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24325
24326 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24327 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24328 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24329
24330 \(fn)" nil nil)
24331
24332 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24333
24334 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24335
24336
24337 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24338
24339 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24340 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24341 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24342
24343 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24344 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24345
24346 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24347 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24348 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24349 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24350 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24351 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24352 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24353 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24354 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24355 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24356 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24357 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24358 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24359 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24360
24361 \(fn)" t nil)
24362
24363 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24364 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24365 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24366 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24367
24368 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24369
24370 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24371 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24372 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24373 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24374 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24375 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24376
24377 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24378 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24379 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24380
24381 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24382 User should not set this variable manually,
24383 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24384 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24385 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24386
24387 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24388 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24389 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24390 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24391
24392 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24393 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24394
24395 \\<mail-mode-map>
24396 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24397
24398 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24399 to move to message header fields:
24400 \\{mail-mode-map}
24401
24402 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24403 when the message is initialized.
24404
24405 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24406 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24407
24408 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24409 is inserted.
24410
24411 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24412 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24413
24414 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24415 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24416 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24417 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24418 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24419 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24420 buffer without erasing the contents.
24421
24422 The second through fifth arguments,
24423 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24424 the initial contents of those header fields.
24425 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24426 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24427 original message being replied to, or else an action
24428 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24429 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24430 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24431 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24432 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24433 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24434
24435 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24436
24437 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24438 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24439
24440 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24441
24442 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24443 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24444
24445 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24446
24447 ;;;***
24448 \f
24449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21909 4018 525671
24450 ;;;;;; 120000))
24451 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24452 (push (purecopy '(seq 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
24453
24454 ;;;***
24455 \f
24456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21916 4736 887897 451000))
24457 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24458
24459 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24460
24461 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24462
24463 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24464
24465 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24466 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24467 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24468 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24469 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24470 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24471
24472 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24473 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24474
24475 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24476 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24477 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24478
24479 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24480 \\[server-start].
24481
24482 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24483
24484 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24485 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24486 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24487 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24488
24489 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24490
24491 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24492 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24493 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24494 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24495 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24496 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24497
24498 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24499
24500 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24501 Toggle Server mode.
24502 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24503 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24504 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24505
24506 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24507 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24508 `server-start' for details.
24509
24510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24511
24512 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24513 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24514 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24515
24516 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24517 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24518
24519 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24520
24521 ;;;***
24522 \f
24523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21855 577 487945 652000))
24524 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24525
24526 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24527 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24528
24529 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24530 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24531 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24532 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24533 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24534
24535 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24536 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24537 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24538 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24539 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24540 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24541
24542 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24543 displayed.
24544
24545 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24546 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24547 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24548
24549 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24550 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24551
24552 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24553 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24554
24555 \\{ses-mode-map}
24556 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24557 part):
24558 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24559 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24560 formula:
24561 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24562
24563 \(fn)" t nil)
24564
24565 ;;;***
24566 \f
24567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21939
24568 ;;;;;; 25137 195448 264000))
24569 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24570
24571 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24572 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24573 Makes > match <.
24574 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24575 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24576
24577 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24578 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24579 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24580
24581 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24582 in your init file.
24583
24584 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24585
24586 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24587 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24588 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24589
24590 \(fn)" t nil)
24591
24592 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24593 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24594 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24595 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24596 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24597 which this is based.
24598
24599 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24600
24601 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24602 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24603 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24604 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24605
24606 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24607 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24608 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24609
24610 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24611 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24612 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24613 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24614
24615 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24616 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24617 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24618 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24619
24620 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24621
24622 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24623 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24624 To work around that, do:
24625 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24626
24627 \\{html-mode-map}
24628
24629 \(fn)" t nil)
24630
24631 ;;;***
24632 \f
24633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21880
24634 ;;;;;; 3758 862057 0))
24635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24636 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24637 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24638
24639 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24640 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24641 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24642 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24643 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24644 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24645
24646 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24647 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24648 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24649 shell-specific features.
24650
24651 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24652 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24653 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24654 \\<sh-mode-map>
24655 \\[sh-case] case statement
24656 \\[sh-for] for loop
24657 \\[sh-function] function definition
24658 \\[sh-if] if statement
24659 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24660 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24661 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24662 \\[sh-select] select loop
24663 \\[sh-until] until loop
24664 \\[sh-while] while loop
24665
24666 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24667 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24668 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24669 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24670 would indent to the way it currently is.
24671 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24672 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24673
24674
24675 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24676 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24677 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24678 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24679 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24680
24681 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24682 unquoted < insert a here document.
24683
24684 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24685 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24686 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24687
24688 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24689 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24690
24691 \(fn)" t nil)
24692
24693 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24694
24695 ;;;***
24696 \f
24697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21670 32330
24698 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
24699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24700
24701 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24702 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24703
24704 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24705 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24706 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24707
24708 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24709 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24710 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24711 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24712 the earlier.
24713
24714 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24715
24716 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24717
24718 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24719 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24720 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24721
24722 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24723 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24724
24725 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24726 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24727 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24728 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24729 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24730 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24731 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24732 Emacs version).
24733
24734 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24735 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24736 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24737 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24738 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24739
24740 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24741 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24742
24743 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24744
24745 ;;;***
24746 \f
24747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21670 32331 885635
24748 ;;;;;; 586000))
24749 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24750
24751 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24752 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24753 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24754 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24755 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24756 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24757 sites in the cluster.
24758
24759 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24760
24761 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24762 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24763 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24764 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24765 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24766
24767 \(fn)" t nil)
24768
24769 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24770 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24771 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24772 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24773 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24774 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24775 `shadow-define-cluster').
24776
24777 \(fn)" t nil)
24778
24779 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24780 Set up file shadowing.
24781
24782 \(fn)" t nil)
24783
24784 ;;;***
24785 \f
24786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21896 48221 754207 816000))
24787 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24788
24789 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24790 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24791 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24792 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24793 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24794 arguments.")
24795
24796 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24797
24798 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24799 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24800 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24801 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24802 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24803
24804 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24805 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24806 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24807 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24808 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24809 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24810 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24811 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24812 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24813 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24814 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24815
24816 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24817 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24818 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24819 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24820 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24821 `default-process-coding-system'.
24822
24823 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24824 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24825 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24826 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24827
24828 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24829
24830 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24831
24832 ;;;***
24833 \f
24834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21837 20530 521200 565000))
24835 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24836
24837 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24838 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24839
24840 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24841
24842 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24843 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24844 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24845 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24846
24847 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24848
24849 ;;;***
24850 \f
24851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21670 32331 385639
24852 ;;;;;; 720000))
24853 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24854
24855 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24856
24857
24858 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24859
24860 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24861
24862
24863 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24864
24865 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24866
24867
24868 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24869
24870 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24871
24872
24873 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24874
24875 ;;;***
24876 \f
24877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21931 31023
24878 ;;;;;; 733164 572000))
24879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24880
24881 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24882 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24883 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24884 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24885 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24886
24887 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24888
24889 \(fn)" t nil)
24890
24891 ;;;***
24892 \f
24893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21670 32331
24894 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24896
24897 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24898 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24899 \\{simula-mode-map}
24900 Variables controlling indentation style:
24901 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24902 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24903 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24904 `simula-indent-level'
24905 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24906 `simula-substatement-offset'
24907 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24908 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24909 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24910 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24911 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24912 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24913 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24914 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24915 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24916 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24917 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24918 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24919 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24920 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24921 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24922 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24923 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24924 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24925 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24926 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24927 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24928 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24929 or nil if they should not be changed.
24930 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24931 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24932 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24933 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24934
24935 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24936 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24937
24938 \(fn)" t nil)
24939
24940 ;;;***
24941 \f
24942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21939 25137 183448
24943 ;;;;;; 264000))
24944 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24945
24946 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24947 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24948
24949 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24950 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24951 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24952 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24953
24954 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24955
24956 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24957
24958 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24959 Insert SKELETON.
24960 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24961 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24962 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24963 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24964 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24965
24966 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24967 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24968
24969 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24970
24971 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24972 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24973
24974 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24975 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24976 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24977 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24978
24979 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24980 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24981 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24982 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24983
24984 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24985 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24986 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24987
24988 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24989 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24990
24991 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24992 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24993
24994 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24995 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24996 is at bol/eol
24997 _ interesting point, interregion here
24998 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24999 interesting point set by _
25000 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25001 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25002 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25003 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25004 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25005 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25006 nil skipped
25007
25008 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25009 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25010
25011 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25012 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25013 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25014 as the first element when at bol.
25015
25016 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25017 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25018 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25019 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25020 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25021 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25022 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25023 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25024
25025 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25026 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25027 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25028 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25029 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25030 available:
25031
25032 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25033 then: insert previously read string once more
25034 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25035 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25036 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25037
25038 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25039 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25040
25041 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25042
25043 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25044 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25045
25046 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25047 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25048 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25049 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25050 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25051 such as backslash.
25052
25053 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25054 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25055 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25056 twice for the others.
25057
25058 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25059
25060 ;;;***
25061 \f
25062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21670 32331
25063 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
25064 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25065
25066 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25067 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25068 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25069 buffer names.
25070
25071 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25072
25073 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25074 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25075 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25076 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25077 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25078 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25079
25080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25081
25082 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25083 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25084 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25085
25086 \(fn)" t nil)
25087
25088 ;;;***
25089 \f
25090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21670 32331 385639
25091 ;;;;;; 720000))
25092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25093
25094 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25095 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25096 A list of images is returned.
25097
25098 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25099
25100 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25101 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25102 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25103
25104 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25105
25106 ;;;***
25107 \f
25108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21670 32331
25109 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25110 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25111
25112 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25113
25114
25115 \(fn)" nil nil)
25116
25117 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25118 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25119
25120 \(fn)" t nil)
25121
25122 ;;;***
25123 \f
25124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21670 32331 385639
25125 ;;;;;; 720000))
25126 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25127
25128 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25129 Play the Snake game.
25130 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25131
25132 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25133
25134 Snake mode keybindings:
25135 \\<snake-mode-map>
25136 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25137 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25138 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25139 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25140 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25141 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25142 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25143
25144 \(fn)" t nil)
25145
25146 ;;;***
25147 \f
25148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21670 32331
25149 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25150 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25151
25152 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25153 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25154 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25155 Tab indents for C code.
25156 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25157 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25158 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25159 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25160 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25161
25162 \(fn)" t nil)
25163
25164 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25165 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25166 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25167 Tab indents for C code.
25168 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25169 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25170 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25171 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25172 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25173
25174 \(fn)" t nil)
25175
25176 ;;;***
25177 \f
25178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21849 48176 337264
25179 ;;;;;; 443000))
25180 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25181
25182 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25183 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25184 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25185 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25186 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25187
25188 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25189
25190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25191
25192 ;;;***
25193 \f
25194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21670 32331
25195 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25196 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25197
25198 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25199 Play Solitaire.
25200
25201 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25202 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25203 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25204 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25205 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25206 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25207 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25208 check after each move or undo.)
25209
25210 What is Solitaire?
25211
25212 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25213 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25214 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25215
25216 Le Solitaire
25217 ============
25218
25219 o o o
25220
25221 o o o
25222
25223 o o o o o o o
25224
25225 o o o . o o o
25226
25227 o o o o o o o
25228
25229 o o o
25230
25231 o o o
25232
25233 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25234 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25235 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25236 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25237
25238 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25239 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25240 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25241 this: o o .
25242
25243 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25244 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25245
25246 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25247
25248 o o o
25249
25250 . o o
25251
25252 o o . o o o o
25253
25254 o . o o o o o
25255
25256 o o o o o o o
25257
25258 o o o
25259
25260 o o o
25261
25262 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25263
25264 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25265
25266 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25267
25268 ;;;***
25269 \f
25270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
25271 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25272 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25273
25274 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25275 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25276
25277 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25278 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25279 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25280 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25281 contiguous.
25282
25283 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25284 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25285 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25286 the sort order.
25287
25288 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25289 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25290
25291 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25292 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25293 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25294 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25295 is called.
25296
25297 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25298 It should move point to the end of the record.
25299
25300 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25301 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25302 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25303 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25304 starts at the beginning of the record.
25305
25306 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25307 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25308 same as ENDRECFUN.
25309
25310 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25311 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25312 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25313 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25314 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25315 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25316 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25317
25318 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25319
25320 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25321 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25322 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25323 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25324 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25325 the sort order.
25326
25327 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25328
25329 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25330 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25331 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25332 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25333 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25334 the sort order.
25335
25336 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25337
25338 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25339 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25340 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25341 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25342 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25343 the sort order.
25344
25345 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25346 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25347
25348 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25349 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25350 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25351 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25352 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25353 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25354 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25355 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25356 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25357
25358 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25359
25360 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25361 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25362 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25363 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25364 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25365 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25366 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25367 the sort order.
25368
25369 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25370
25371 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25372 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25373 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25374 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25375
25376 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25377 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25378
25379 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25380 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25381 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25382 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25383 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25384 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25385 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25386 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25387
25388 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25389
25390 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25391 the sort order.
25392
25393 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25394 starting with the letter \"f\",
25395 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25396
25397 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25398
25399 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25400 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25401 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25402 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25403 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25404 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25405 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25406 the sort order.
25407
25408 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25409 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25410 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25411 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25412 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25413
25414 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25415
25416 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25417 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25418 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25419
25420 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25421
25422 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25423 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25424 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25425 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25426 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25427 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25428 each repeated line.
25429
25430 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25431 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25432 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25433 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25434
25435 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25436 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25437
25438 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25439 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25440
25441 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25442
25443 ;;;***
25444 \f
25445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21832 3464 481922 546000))
25446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25447
25448 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25449 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25450 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25451 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25452 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25453 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25454
25455 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25456
25457 ;;;***
25458 \f
25459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21670
25460 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
25461 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25462
25463 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25464 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25465
25466 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25467 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25468 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25469
25470 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25471
25472 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25473 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25474 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25475 server.
25476
25477 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25478
25479 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25480 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25481 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25482
25483 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25484
25485 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25486 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25487 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25488 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25489 Agent is plugged.
25490
25491 \(fn)" t nil)
25492
25493 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25494 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25495 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25496 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25497
25498 \(fn)" t nil)
25499
25500 ;;;***
25501 \f
25502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21670 32331 885635
25503 ;;;;;; 586000))
25504 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25505
25506 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25507
25508 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25509 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25510 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25511 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25512 supported at a time.
25513 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25514 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25515
25516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25517
25518 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25519 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25520 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25521 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25522
25523 \(fn)" t nil)
25524
25525 ;;;***
25526 \f
25527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21670 32331 385639
25528 ;;;;;; 720000))
25529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25530
25531 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25532 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25533
25534 \(fn)" t nil)
25535
25536 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25537 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25538
25539 \(fn)" nil nil)
25540
25541 ;;;***
25542 \f
25543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21765 23600 805241
25544 ;;;;;; 145000))
25545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25546 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25547
25548 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25549 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25550
25551 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25552 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25553 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25554 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25555 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25556 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25557 of the current highlighting list.
25558
25559 For example:
25560
25561 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25562 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25563
25564 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25565 `_t' as data types.
25566
25567 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25568
25569 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25570 Major mode to edit SQL.
25571
25572 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25573 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25574 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25575
25576 \\{sql-mode-map}
25577 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25578
25579 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25580 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25581 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25582 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25583 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25584 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25585
25586 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25587 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25588
25589 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25590 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25591 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25592
25593 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25594 (lambda ()
25595 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25596
25597 \(fn)" t nil)
25598
25599 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25600 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25601
25602 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25603 their settings.
25604
25605 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25606 is specified in the connection settings.
25607
25608 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25609
25610 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25611 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25612
25613 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25614 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25615
25616 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25617 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25618 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25619 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25620
25621 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25622
25623 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25624
25625 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25626 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25627
25628 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25629 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25630 `*SQL*'.
25631
25632 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25633 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25634 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25635 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25636
25637 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25638 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25639
25640 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25641 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25642 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25643 buffer.
25644
25645 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25646 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25647 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25648 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25649 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25650 `default-process-coding-system'.
25651
25652 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25653
25654 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25655
25656 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25657 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25658
25659 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25660 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25661 `*SQL*'.
25662
25663 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25664 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25665 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25666 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25667
25668 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25669 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25670
25671 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25672 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25673 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25674 buffer.
25675
25676 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25677 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25678 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25679 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25680 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25681 `default-process-coding-system'.
25682
25683 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25684
25685 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25686
25687 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25688 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25689
25690 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25691 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25692 `*SQL*'.
25693
25694 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25695 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25696
25697 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25698 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25699
25700 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25701 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25702 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25703 buffer.
25704
25705 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25706 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25707 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25708 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25709 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25710 `default-process-coding-system'.
25711
25712 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25713
25714 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25715
25716 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25717 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25718
25719 SQLite is free software.
25720
25721 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25722 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25723 `*SQL*'.
25724
25725 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25726 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25727 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25728 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25729
25730 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25731 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25732
25733 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25734 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25735 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25736 buffer.
25737
25738 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25739 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25740 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25741 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25742 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25743 `default-process-coding-system'.
25744
25745 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25746
25747 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25748
25749 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25750 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25751
25752 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25753
25754 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25755 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25756 `*SQL*'.
25757
25758 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25759 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25760 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25761 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25762
25763 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25764 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25765
25766 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25767 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25768 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25769 buffer.
25770
25771 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25772 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25773 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25774 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25775 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25776 `default-process-coding-system'.
25777
25778 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25779
25780 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25781
25782 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25783 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25784
25785 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25786 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25787 `*SQL*'.
25788
25789 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25790 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25791 defaults, if set.
25792
25793 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25794 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25795
25796 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25797 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25798 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25799 buffer.
25800
25801 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25802 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25803 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25804 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25805 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25806 `default-process-coding-system'.
25807
25808 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25809
25810 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25811
25812 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25813 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25814
25815 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25816 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25817 `*SQL*'.
25818
25819 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25820 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25821
25822 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25823 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25824
25825 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25826 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25827 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25828 buffer.
25829
25830 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25831 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25832 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25833 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25834 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25835 `default-process-coding-system'.
25836
25837 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25838
25839 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25840
25841 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25842 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25843
25844 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25845 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25846 `*SQL*'.
25847
25848 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25849 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25850 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25851 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25852
25853 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25854 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25855
25856 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25857 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25858 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25859 buffer.
25860
25861 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25862 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25863 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25864 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25865 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25866 `default-process-coding-system'.
25867
25868 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25869
25870 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25871
25872 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25873 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25874
25875 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25876 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25877 `*SQL*'.
25878
25879 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25880 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25881 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25882 `sql-postgres-options'.
25883
25884 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25885 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25886
25887 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25888 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25889 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25890 buffer.
25891
25892 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25893 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25894 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25895 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25896 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25897 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25898 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25899 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25900
25901 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25902 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25903
25904 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25905
25906 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25907
25908 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25909 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25910
25911 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25912 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25913 `*SQL*'.
25914
25915 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25916 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25917 defaults, if set.
25918
25919 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25920 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25921
25922 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25923 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25924 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25925 buffer.
25926
25927 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25928 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25929 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25930 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25931 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25932 `default-process-coding-system'.
25933
25934 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25935
25936 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25937
25938 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25939 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25940
25941 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25942 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25943 `*SQL*'.
25944
25945 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25946 automatic login.
25947
25948 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25949 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25950
25951 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25952 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25953 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25954 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25955
25956 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25957 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25958 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25959 buffer.
25960
25961 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25962 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25963 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25964 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25965 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25966 `default-process-coding-system'.
25967
25968 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25969
25970 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25971
25972 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25973 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25974
25975 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25976 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25977 `*SQL*'.
25978
25979 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25980 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25981 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25982 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25983 parameters.
25984
25985 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25986 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25987 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25988 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25989 an empty password.
25990
25991 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25992 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25993
25994 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25995 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25996 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25997 buffer.
25998
25999 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26000
26001 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26002
26003 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26004 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26005
26006 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26007
26008 ;;;***
26009 \f
26010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21670 32330 885624
26011 ;;;;;; 725000))
26012 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26013 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26014
26015 ;;;***
26016 \f
26017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26018 ;;;;;; (21891 60465 835679 523000))
26019 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26020
26021 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26022 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26023
26024 \(fn)" t nil)
26025
26026 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26027
26028 ;;;***
26029 \f
26030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21670 32331
26031 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
26032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26033
26034 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26035 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26036 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26037 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26038 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26039 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26040 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26041 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26042 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26043 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26044 with any buffer
26045 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26046 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26047 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26048 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26049
26050 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26051
26052 ;;;***
26053 \f
26054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21670 32331 885635
26055 ;;;;;; 586000))
26056 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26057
26058 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26059 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26060 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26061 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26062 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26063 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26064
26065 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26066
26067 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26068
26069 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26070 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26071 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26072 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26073 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26074 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26075 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26076
26077 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26078
26079 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26080 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26081 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26082 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26083 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26084 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26085 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26086
26087 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26088
26089 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26090 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26091 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26092
26093 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26094
26095 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26096 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26097 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26098
26099 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26100
26101 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26102 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26103
26104 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26105
26106 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26107 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26108
26109 \(fn)" t nil)
26110
26111 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26112 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26113
26114 \(fn)" t nil)
26115
26116 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26117 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26118 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26119 by command name.
26120 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26121
26122 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26123
26124 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26125 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26126 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26128 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26129 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26130
26131 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26132
26133 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26134 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26135 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26136 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26137 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26138
26139 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26140 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26141 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26142 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26143 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26144
26145 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26146 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26147 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26148 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26149
26150 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26151
26152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26153
26154 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26155 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26156 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26157 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26158
26159 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26160
26161 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26162 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26163
26164 \(fn)" t nil)
26165
26166 ;;;***
26167 \f
26168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
26169 ;;;;;; 42000))
26170 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26171
26172 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26173 Studlify-case the region.
26174
26175 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26176
26177 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26178 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26179
26180 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26181
26182 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26183 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26184
26185 \(fn)" t nil)
26186
26187 ;;;***
26188 \f
26189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21670 32331
26190 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
26191 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26192
26193 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26194
26195 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26196 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26197 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26198 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26199 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26200
26201 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26202 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26203 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26204 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26205
26206 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26207 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26208 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26209
26210 Nomenclature Subwords
26211 ===========================================================
26212 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26213 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26214 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26215
26216 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26217 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26218
26219 \\{subword-mode-map}
26220
26221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26222
26223 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26224 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26225 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26226 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26227 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26228 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26229
26230 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26231
26232 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26233 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26234 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26235 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26236 ARG is omitted or nil.
26237
26238 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26239 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26240 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26241
26242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26243
26244 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26245 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26247 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26249
26250 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26251 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26252 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26253 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26254
26255 \\{superword-mode-map}
26256
26257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26258
26259 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26260 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26261 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26262 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26263 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26264 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26265
26266 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26267
26268 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26269 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26270 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26271 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26272 ARG is omitted or nil.
26273
26274 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26275 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26276 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26277
26278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26279
26280 ;;;***
26281 \f
26282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21852 24381
26283 ;;;;;; 697240 10000))
26284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26285
26286 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26287 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26288 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26289 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26290 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26291 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26292 original message but it does require a few things:
26293
26294 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26295
26296 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26297 reply buffer.
26298
26299 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26300 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26301 original message.
26302
26303 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26304
26305 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26306
26307 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26308 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26309 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26310
26311 \(fn)" nil nil)
26312
26313 ;;;***
26314 \f
26315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
26316 ;;;;;; 586000))
26317 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26318
26319 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26320
26321 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26322 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26323 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26324 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26325 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26326 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26327
26328 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26329
26330 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26331 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26332 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26333 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26334 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26335
26336 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26337 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26338 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26339
26340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26341
26342 ;;;***
26343 \f
26344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26345 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26346
26347 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26348 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26349 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26350 buffer.
26351
26352 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26353 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26354 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26355
26356 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26357
26358 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26359 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26360 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26361 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26362 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26363 buffer.
26364
26365 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26366 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26367 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26368
26369 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26370
26371 ;;;***
26372 \f
26373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21948 40114 526686
26374 ;;;;;; 453000))
26375 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26376
26377 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26378 Insert an editable text table.
26379 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26380 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26381 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26382 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26383 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26384 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26385 delimiting them.
26386
26387 Examples:
26388
26389 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26390
26391 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26392 location of point.
26393
26394 -!-
26395
26396 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26397 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26398 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26399 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26400 first cell.
26401
26402 +-----+-----+-----+
26403 |-!- | | |
26404 +-----+-----+-----+
26405
26406 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26407
26408 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26409 width, which results as
26410
26411 +--------------+-----+-----+
26412 |-!- | | |
26413 +--------------+-----+-----+
26414
26415 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26416 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26417
26418 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26419 | | |-!- |
26420 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26421
26422 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26423 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26424 width information to `table-insert'.
26425
26426 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26427
26428 instead of
26429
26430 Cell width(s): 5
26431
26432 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26433 work all together.
26434
26435 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26436 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26437
26438 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26439 |-!- | | |
26440 | | | |
26441 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26442
26443 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26444
26445 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26446 |-!- | | |
26447 | | | |
26448 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26449 | | | |
26450 | | | |
26451 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26452
26453 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26454
26455 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26456 | | | |
26457 | | | |
26458 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26459 | | | |
26460 | | | |
26461 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26462 -!-
26463
26464 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26465 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26466 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26467
26468 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26469 | | | |
26470 | | | |
26471 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26472 | | | |
26473 | | | |
26474 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26475 |-!- | | |
26476 | | | |
26477 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26478
26479 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26480 results.
26481
26482 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26483 | | | |
26484 | | | |
26485 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26486 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26487 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26488 | | |expected results.-!- |
26489 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26490 | | | |
26491 | | | |
26492 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26493
26494 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26495
26496 \\{table-cell-map}
26497
26498 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26499
26500 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26501 Insert N table row(s).
26502 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26503 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26504 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26505 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26506
26507 \(fn N)" t nil)
26508
26509 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26510 Insert N table column(s).
26511 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26512 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26513 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26514 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26515
26516 \(fn N)" t nil)
26517
26518 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26519 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26520 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26521
26522 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26523
26524 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26525 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26526 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26527 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26528 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26529 all the table specific features.
26530
26531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26532
26533 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26534
26535
26536 \(fn)" t nil)
26537
26538 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26539 Recognize all tables within region.
26540 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26541 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26542 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26543 specific features.
26544
26545 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26546
26547 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26548
26549
26550 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26551
26552 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26553 Recognize a table at point.
26554 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26555 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26556 the table specific features.
26557
26558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26559
26560 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26561
26562
26563 \(fn)" t nil)
26564
26565 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26566 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26567 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26568 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26569 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26570 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26571 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26572
26573 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26574
26575 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26576
26577
26578 \(fn)" t nil)
26579
26580 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26581 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26582 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26583 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26584 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26585 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26586 specified.
26587
26588 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26589
26590 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26591 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26592 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26593 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26594 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26595 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26596 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26597 table structure.
26598
26599 \(fn N)" t nil)
26600
26601 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26602 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26603 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26604 table's rectangle structure.
26605
26606 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26607
26608 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26609 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26610 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26611 table's rectangle structure.
26612
26613 \(fn N)" t nil)
26614
26615 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26616 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26617 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26618 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26619 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26620
26621 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26622
26623 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26624 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26625 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26626
26627 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26628 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26629 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26630 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26631 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26632 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26633 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26634
26635 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26636 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26637 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26638 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26639 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26640 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26641 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26642
26643 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26644 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26645 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26646 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26647 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26648 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26649 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26650 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26651
26652 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26653
26654 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26655 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26656 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26657 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26658
26659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26660
26661 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26662 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26663 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26664
26665 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26666
26667 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26668 Split current cell vertically.
26669 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26670
26671 \(fn)" t nil)
26672
26673 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26674 Split current cell horizontally.
26675 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26676
26677 \(fn)" t nil)
26678
26679 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26680 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26681 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26682
26683 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26684
26685 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26686 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26687 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26688 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26689
26690 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26691
26692 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26693 Justify cell contents.
26694 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26695 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26696 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26697 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26698
26699 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26700
26701 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26702 Justify cells of a row.
26703 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26704 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26705
26706 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26707
26708 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26709 Justify cells of a column.
26710 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26711 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26712
26713 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26714
26715 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26716 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26717 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26718 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26719 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26720 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26721 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26722 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26723 run-time.
26724
26725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26726
26727 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26728 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26729 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26730 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26731 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26732 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26733 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26734 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26735 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26736 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26737 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26738
26739 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26740
26741 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26742 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26743 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26744 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26745 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26746 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26747 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26748 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26749 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26750 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26751 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26752 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26753 untouched.
26754
26755 References used for this implementation:
26756
26757 HTML:
26758 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26759
26760 LaTeX:
26761 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26762
26763 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26764 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26765 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26766
26767 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26768
26769 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26770 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26771 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26772 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26773 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26774 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26775 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26776 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26777 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26778 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26779 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26780 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26781 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26782 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26783 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26784 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26785 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26786
26787 Example:
26788
26789 (progn
26790 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26791 (table-forward-cell 15)
26792 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26793 (table-forward-cell 16)
26794 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26795 (table-forward-cell 1)
26796 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26797
26798 (progn
26799 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26800 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26801 (table-forward-cell 1)
26802 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26803
26804 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26805
26806 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26807 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26808 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26809 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26810 consists from cells of same height.
26811
26812 \(fn N)" t nil)
26813
26814 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26815 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26816 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26817 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26818 column must consists from cells of same width.
26819
26820 \(fn N)" t nil)
26821
26822 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26823 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26824 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26825 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26826 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26827 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26828 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26829 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26830 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26831 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26832 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26833 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26834 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26835 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26836 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26837
26838
26839 Example 1:
26840
26841 1, 2, 3, 4
26842 5, 6, 7, 8
26843 , 9, 10
26844
26845 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26846 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26847 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26848 specified as 5.
26849
26850 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26851 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26852 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26853 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26854 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26855 | | 9 | 10 | |
26856 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26857
26858 Note:
26859
26860 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26861 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26862 of each row is optional.
26863
26864
26865 Example 2:
26866
26867 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26868 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26869 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26870 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26871 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26872
26873 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26874 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26875
26876 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26877 expression and raw delimiter regular
26878 expression, it parses the specified text
26879 area and extracts cell items from
26880 non-table text and then forms a table out
26881 of them.
26882
26883 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26884 creates a single cell table. The text in
26885 the specified region is placed in that
26886 cell.-*-
26887
26888 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26889 like this.
26890
26891 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26892 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26893 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26894 | |
26895 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26896 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26897 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26898 | area and extracts cell items from |
26899 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26900 | of them. |
26901 | |
26902 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26903 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26904 | the specified region is placed in that |
26905 | cell. |
26906 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26907
26908 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26909 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26910 independently.
26911
26912 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26913 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26914 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26915 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26916 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26917 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26918 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26919 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26920 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26921 | |of them. |
26922 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26923 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26924 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26925 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26926 | |cell. |
26927 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26928
26929 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26930 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26931 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26932
26933 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26934
26935 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26936 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26937 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26938 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26939 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26940
26941 \(fn)" t nil)
26942
26943 ;;;***
26944 \f
26945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26946 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26947
26948 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26949 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26950
26951 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26952
26953 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26954 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26955
26956 \(fn)" t nil)
26957
26958 ;;;***
26959 \f
26960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21704 50495 455324
26961 ;;;;;; 752000))
26962 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26963
26964 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26965 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26966 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26967 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26968 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26969 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26970 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26971
26972 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26973 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26974 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26975 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26976
26977 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26978 \\{tar-mode-map}
26979
26980 \(fn)" t nil)
26981
26982 ;;;***
26983 \f
26984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21842 42581 539414
26985 ;;;;;; 570000))
26986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26987
26988 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26989 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26990 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26991 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26992 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26993 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26994
26995 Variables controlling indentation style:
26996 `tcl-indent-level'
26997 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26998 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26999 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27000
27001 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27002 documentation for details):
27003 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27004 Controls action of TAB key.
27005 `tcl-auto-newline'
27006 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27007 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27008 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27009 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27010 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27011
27012 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27013 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27014 already exist.
27015
27016 \(fn)" t nil)
27017
27018 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27019 Run inferior Tcl process.
27020 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27021 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27022
27023 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27024
27025 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27026 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27027 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27028
27029 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27030
27031 ;;;***
27032 \f
27033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21852 24381 767239
27034 ;;;;;; 782000))
27035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27036
27037 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27038 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27039 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27040 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27041
27042 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27043 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27044 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27045 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27046 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27047
27048 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27049
27050 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27051 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27052 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27053 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27054
27055 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27056
27057 ;;;***
27058 \f
27059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21798 49947 262665 54000))
27060 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27061
27062 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27063 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27064 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27065 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27066 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27067 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27068
27069 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27070
27071 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27072 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27073 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27074 commands to use in that buffer.
27075
27076 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27077
27078 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27079
27080 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27081 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27082
27083 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27084
27085 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27086 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27087 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27088 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27089 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27090 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27091 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27092 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27093 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27094 use in that buffer.
27095 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27096
27097 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27098
27099 ;;;***
27100 \f
27101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21834
27102 ;;;;;; 29303 521933 754000))
27103 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27104
27105 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27106 Start coverage on function under point.
27107
27108 \(fn)" t nil)
27109
27110 ;;;***
27111 \f
27112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21670 32331 385639
27113 ;;;;;; 720000))
27114 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27115 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27116
27117 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27118 Play the Tetris game.
27119 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27120 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27121 as to form complete rows.
27122
27123 tetris-mode keybindings:
27124 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27125 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27126 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27127 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27128 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27129 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27130 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27131 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27132 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27133
27134 \(fn)" t nil)
27135
27136 ;;;***
27137 \f
27138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21862 60209
27139 ;;;;;; 908658 140000))
27140 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27141
27142 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27143 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27144
27145 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27146
27147 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27148 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27149 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27150 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27151 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27152
27153 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27154
27155 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27156 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27157 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27158 if it matches the first line of the file,
27159 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27160
27161 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27162
27163 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27164 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27165 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27166 if the variable is non-nil.")
27167
27168 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27169
27170 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27171 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27172
27173 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27174
27175 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27176 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27177 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27178 See the documentation of that variable.")
27179
27180 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27181
27182 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27183 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27184 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27185 See the documentation of that variable.")
27186
27187 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27188
27189 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27190 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27191 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27192 See the documentation of that variable.")
27193
27194 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27195
27196 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27197 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27198 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27199 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27200 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27201
27202 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27203
27204 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27205 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27206 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27207 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27208
27209 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27210
27211 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27212 User defined LaTeX block names.
27213 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27214
27215 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27216
27217 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27218 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27219 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27220 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27221
27222 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27223
27224 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27225 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27226 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27227 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27228
27229 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27230
27231 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27232 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27233 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27234 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27235
27236 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27237 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27238 for example,
27239
27240 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27241 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27242
27243 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27244 use.")
27245
27246 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27247
27248 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27249 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27250 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27251 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27252 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27253
27254 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27255
27256 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27257
27258 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27259 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27260 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27261
27262 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27263
27264 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27265 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27266 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27267 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27268 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27269
27270 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27271
27272 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27273 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27274
27275 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27276
27277 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27278 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27279
27280 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27281
27282 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27283 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27284 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27285 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27286 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27287 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27288 says which mode to use.
27289
27290 \(fn)" t nil)
27291
27292 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27293
27294 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27295
27296 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27297
27298 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27299 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27300 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27301 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27302 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27303
27304 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27305 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27306 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27307 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27308 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27309 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27310 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27311
27312 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27313 mismatched $'s or braces.
27314
27315 Special commands:
27316 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27317
27318 Mode variables:
27319 tex-run-command
27320 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27321 tex-directory
27322 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27323 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27324 tex-dvi-print-command
27325 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27326 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27327 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27328 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27329 tex-dvi-view-command
27330 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27331 tex-show-queue-command
27332 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27333 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27334
27335 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27336 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27337 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27338
27339 \(fn)" t nil)
27340
27341 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27342 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27343 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27344 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27345 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27346
27347 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27348 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27349 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27350 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27351 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27352 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27353 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27354
27355 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27356 mismatched $'s or braces.
27357
27358 Special commands:
27359 \\{latex-mode-map}
27360
27361 Mode variables:
27362 latex-run-command
27363 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27364 tex-directory
27365 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27366 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27367 tex-dvi-print-command
27368 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27369 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27370 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27371 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27372 tex-dvi-view-command
27373 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27374 tex-show-queue-command
27375 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27376 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27377
27378 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27379 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27380 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27381
27382 \(fn)" t nil)
27383
27384 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27385 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27386 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27387 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27388 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27389
27390 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27391 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27392 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27393 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27394 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27395 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27396 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27397
27398 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27399 mismatched $'s or braces.
27400
27401 Special commands:
27402 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27403
27404 Mode variables:
27405 slitex-run-command
27406 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27407 tex-directory
27408 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27409 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27410 tex-dvi-print-command
27411 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27412 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27413 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27414 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27415 tex-dvi-view-command
27416 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27417 tex-show-queue-command
27418 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27419 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27420
27421 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27422 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27423 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27424 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27425
27426 \(fn)" t nil)
27427
27428 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27429
27430
27431 \(fn)" nil nil)
27432
27433 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27434 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27435
27436 \(fn)" t nil)
27437
27438 ;;;***
27439 \f
27440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21907 48688
27441 ;;;;;; 825360 195000))
27442 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27443
27444 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27445 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27446 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27447 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27448
27449 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27450 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27451 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27452
27453 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27454
27455 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27456 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27457 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27458 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27459 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27460
27461 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27462
27463 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27464 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27465 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27466 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27467
27468 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27469 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27470 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27471 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27472
27473 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27474 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27475
27476 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27477
27478 ;;;***
27479 \f
27480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21862 60209
27481 ;;;;;; 928657 362000))
27482 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27483
27484 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27485 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27486
27487 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27488
27489 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27490 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27491
27492 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27493
27494 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27495 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27496
27497 It has these extra commands:
27498 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27499
27500 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27501 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27502 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27503 modified version of TeX input format.
27504
27505 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27506 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27507 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27508 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27509
27510 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27511 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27512 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27513 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27514 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27515 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27516 in the Texinfo file.
27517
27518 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27519 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27520 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27521 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27522 move forward past the closing brace.
27523
27524 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27525 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27526
27527 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27528 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27529 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27530
27531 Here are the functions:
27532
27533 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27534 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27535 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27536
27537 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27538 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27539 texinfo-master-menu
27540
27541 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27542
27543 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27544 which menu descriptions are indented.
27545
27546 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27547 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27548 in the region.
27549
27550 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27551 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27552 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27553 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27554
27555 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27556 be the first node in the file.
27557
27558 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27559 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27560
27561 \(fn)" t nil)
27562
27563 ;;;***
27564 \f
27565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21670
27566 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27567 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27568
27569 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27570 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27571 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27572 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27573
27574 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27575
27576 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27577 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27578
27579 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27580
27581 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27582 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27583
27584 \(fn)" t nil)
27585
27586 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27587
27588
27589 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27590
27591 ;;;***
27592 \f
27593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21918 18992 829579
27594 ;;;;;; 660000))
27595 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27596
27597 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27598 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27599 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27600 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27601 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27602 `line', and `page'.
27603
27604 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27605
27606 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27607 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27608 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27609 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27610 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27611 `line', and `page'.
27612
27613 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27614 valid THING.
27615
27616 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27617 positions of the thing found.
27618
27619 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27620
27621 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27622 Return the THING at point.
27623 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27624 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27625 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27626 `line', `number', and `page'.
27627
27628 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27629 strip text properties from the return value.
27630
27631 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27632 a symbol as a valid THING.
27633
27634 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27635
27636 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27637 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27638
27639 \(fn)" nil nil)
27640
27641 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27642 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27643
27644 \(fn)" nil nil)
27645
27646 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27647 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27648
27649 \(fn)" nil nil)
27650
27651 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27652 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27653
27654 \(fn)" nil nil)
27655
27656 ;;;***
27657 \f
27658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27659 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27660
27661 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27662 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27663
27664 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27665
27666 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27667 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27668 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27669 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27670
27671 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27672
27673 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27674 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27675
27676 \(fn)" t nil)
27677
27678 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27679 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27680
27681 \(fn)" t nil)
27682
27683 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27684
27685 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27686 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27687
27688 \(fn)" t nil)
27689
27690 ;;;***
27691 \f
27692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21670
27693 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27694 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27695
27696 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27697 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27698 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27699
27700 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27701
27702 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27703 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27704
27705 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27706
27707 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27708 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27709 The returned string has no composition information.
27710
27711 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27712
27713 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27714 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27715
27716 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27717
27718 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27719 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27720
27721 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27722
27723 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27724 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27725 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27726 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27727
27728 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27729
27730 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27731 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27732 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27733 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27734
27735 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27736
27737 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27738 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27739 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27740
27741 \(fn)" t nil)
27742
27743 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27744 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27745 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27746
27747 \(fn)" t nil)
27748
27749 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27750
27751
27752 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27753
27754 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27755
27756
27757 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27758
27759 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27760
27761
27762 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27763
27764 ;;;***
27765 \f
27766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21852 24382
27767 ;;;;;; 87256 328000))
27768 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27769 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27770
27771 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27772 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27773 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27774 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27775 parameters.
27776 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27777 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27778 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27779
27780 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27781
27782 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27783 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27784 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27785 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27786 parameters.
27787 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27788 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27789 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27790
27791 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27792
27793 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27794 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27795
27796 If
27797 * character before point is a space character,
27798 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27799 constituent),
27800 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27801 characters) from before the space character, and
27802 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27803 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27804 return t.
27805
27806 Otherwise, if
27807 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27808 * character before point is a space character, and
27809 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27810 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27811 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27812
27813 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27814
27815 \(fn)" t nil)
27816
27817 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27818 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27819
27820 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27821 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27822 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27823 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27824
27825 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27826 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27827 variable will be set to the representation.
27828
27829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27830
27831 ;;;***
27832 \f
27833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21942 1330 821986 820000))
27834 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27835
27836 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27837 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27838
27839 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27840 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27841
27842 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27843 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27844 This display updates automatically every minute.
27845 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27846 are displayed as well.
27847 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27848
27849 \(fn)" t nil)
27850
27851 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27852 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27853 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27855 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27856 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27857
27858 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27859
27860 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27861 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27862 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27863 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27864 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27865
27866 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27867 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27868 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27869 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27870 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27871
27872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27873
27874 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27875 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27876 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27877 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27878
27879 \(fn)" t nil)
27880
27881 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27882 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27883 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27884 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27885
27886 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27887
27888 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27889 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27890
27891 \(fn)" t nil)
27892
27893 ;;;***
27894 \f
27895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21670
27896 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27897 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27898
27899 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27900 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27901 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27902
27903 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27904 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27905 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27906 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27907 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27908 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27909
27910 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27911 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27912
27913 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27914
27915 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27916 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27917
27918 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27919
27920 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27921 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27922 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27923
27924 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27925
27926 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27927 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27928 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27929 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27930
27931 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27932 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27933 DATE should be a date-time string.
27934
27935 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27936
27937 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27938 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27939 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27940
27941 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27942
27943 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27944 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27945
27946 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27947
27948 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27949 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27950
27951 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27952
27953 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27954 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27955 TIME should be a time value.
27956 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27957
27958 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27959
27960 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27961 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27962 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27963
27964 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27965
27966 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27967 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27968 The valid format specifiers are:
27969 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27970 %d is the number of days.
27971 %h is the number of hours.
27972 %m is the number of minutes.
27973 %s is the number of seconds.
27974 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27975 %% is a literal \"%\".
27976
27977 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27978 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27979
27980 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27981 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27982 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27983
27984 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27985 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27986 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27987
27988 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27989
27990 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27991
27992 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27993 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27994
27995 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27996
27997 ;;;***
27998 \f
27999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21942 1330 821986
28000 ;;;;;; 820000))
28001 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28002 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28003 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28004 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28005 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28006 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28007 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28008 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28009 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28010
28011 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28012 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28013 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28014 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28015 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28016 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28017 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28018 look like one of the following:
28019 Time-stamp: <>
28020 Time-stamp: \" \"
28021 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28022 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28023 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28024 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28025 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28026 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28027 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28028 the template.
28029
28030 \(fn)" t nil)
28031
28032 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28033 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28034 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28035
28036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28037
28038 ;;;***
28039 \f
28040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21670
28041 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
28042 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28043 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28044
28045 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28046 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28047 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28048 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28049 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28050 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28051
28052 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28053
28054 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28055 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28056 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28057 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28058 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28059 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28060 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28061 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28062 display (non-nil means on).
28063
28064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28065
28066 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28067 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28068 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28069 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28070 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28071 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28072 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28073 this function is called within a day.
28074
28075 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28076 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28077 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28078 discover the name of the project.
28079
28080 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28081
28082 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28083 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28084 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28085 begun during the last time segment.
28086
28087 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28088 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28089 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28090 discover the reason.
28091
28092 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28093
28094 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28095 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28096 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28097 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28098 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28099
28100 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28101
28102 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28103 Change to working on a different project.
28104 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28105 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28106 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28107 working on.
28108
28109 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28110
28111 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28112 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28113 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28114
28115 \(fn)" nil nil)
28116
28117 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28118 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28119 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28120
28121 \(fn)" t nil)
28122
28123 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28124 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28125 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28126 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28127 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28128 \"relative to today\".
28129
28130 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28131
28132 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28133 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28134 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28135 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28136
28137 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28138
28139 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28140 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28141 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28142 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28143 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28144 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28145
28146 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28147
28148 ;;;***
28149 \f
28150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28151 ;;;;;; (21874 379 470923 336000))
28152 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28153
28154 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28155 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28156 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28157 the generated Quail package is saved.
28158
28159 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28160
28161 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28162 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28163 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28164 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28165 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28166 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28167 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28168
28169 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28170
28171 ;;;***
28172 \f
28173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21907 48688 873360 195000))
28174 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28175 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28176 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28177
28178 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28179 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28180 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28181 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28182 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28183
28184 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28185 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28186 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28187
28188 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28189
28190 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28191 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28192 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28193 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28194 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28195
28196 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28197
28198 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28199 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28200 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28201 in the menu in two ways:
28202 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28203 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28204 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28205
28206 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28207 keymap or an alist of alists.
28208 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28209 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28210
28211 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28212
28213 ;;;***
28214 \f
28215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21893
28216 ;;;;;; 15793 471985 415000))
28217 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28218
28219 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28220 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28221
28222 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28223 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28224 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28225 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28226 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28227 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28228 file was last visited.
28229
28230 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28231 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28232 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28233 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28234 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28235 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28236 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28237 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28238 for the first item.
28239
28240 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28241 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28242 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28243 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28244 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28245 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28246 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28247 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28248
28249 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28250 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28251 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28252 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28253 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28254
28255 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28256 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28257
28258 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28259
28260 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28261 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28262
28263 \\{todo-mode-map}
28264
28265 \(fn)" t nil)
28266
28267 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28268 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28269
28270 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28271
28272 \(fn)" t nil)
28273
28274 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28275 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28276
28277 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28278
28279 \(fn)" t nil)
28280
28281 ;;;***
28282 \f
28283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21670 32331 885635
28284 ;;;;;; 586000))
28285 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28286
28287 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28288 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28289 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28290
28291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28292
28293 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28294 Add an item to the tool bar.
28295 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28296 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28297 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28298 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28299
28300 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28301 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28302 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28303 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28304
28305 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28306 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28307
28308 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28309
28310 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28311 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28312 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28313 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28314 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28315 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28316
28317 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28318 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28319 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28320 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28321
28322 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28323
28324 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28325 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28326 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28327 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28328 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28329 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28330 properties to add to the binding.
28331
28332 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28333
28334 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28335 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28336
28337 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28338
28339 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28340 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28341 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28342 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28343 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28344 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28345 properties to add to the binding.
28346
28347 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28348 holds a keymap.
28349
28350 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28351
28352 ;;;***
28353 \f
28354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21670 32330 885624
28355 ;;;;;; 725000))
28356 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28357
28358 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28359 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28360 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28361 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28362 to a tcp server on another machine.
28363
28364 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28365
28366 ;;;***
28367 \f
28368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21670 32330
28369 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28370 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28371
28372 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28373 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28374
28375 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28376
28377 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28378 Helper function to get internal values.
28379 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28380
28381 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28382
28383 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28384 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28385 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28386 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28387
28388 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28389 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28390 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28391 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28392 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28393
28394 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28395 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28396 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28397 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28398
28399 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28400
28401 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28402
28403 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28404 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28405 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28406 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28407
28408 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28409
28410 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28411
28412 ;;;***
28413 \f
28414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21945 63921 461174
28415 ;;;;;; 555000))
28416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28417
28418 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28419 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28420 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28421
28422 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28423
28424 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28425 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28426
28427 It can have the following values:
28428
28429 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28430 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28431
28432 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28433
28434 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28435 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28436 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28437 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28438
28439 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28440
28441 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28442 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28443 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28444 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28445
28446 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28447 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28448 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28449 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28450 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28451 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28452 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28453 files which are not really Tramp files.
28454
28455 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28456 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28457 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28458 updated after changing this variable.
28459
28460 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28461
28462 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28463 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28464 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28465 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28466
28467 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28468
28469 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28470 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28471 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28472 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28473
28474 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28475 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28476 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28477
28478 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28479 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28480 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28481 updated after changing this variable.
28482
28483 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28484
28485 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28486 Alist of completion handler functions.
28487 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28488 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28489 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28490
28491 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28492 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28493 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28494 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28495
28496 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28497 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28498 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28499
28500 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28501 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28502
28503 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28504 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28505
28506 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28507
28508 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28509
28510
28511 \(fn)" nil nil)
28512
28513 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28514 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28515
28516 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28517
28518 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28519 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28520
28521 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28522
28523 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28524 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28525
28526 \(fn)" t nil)
28527
28528 ;;;***
28529 \f
28530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21670 32331
28531 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
28532 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28533
28534 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28535
28536
28537 \(fn)" nil nil)
28538
28539 ;;;***
28540 \f
28541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21670 32331 885635
28542 ;;;;;; 586000))
28543 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28544
28545 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28546 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28547 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28548 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28549 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28550 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28551 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28552 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28553
28554 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28555 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28556 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28557
28558 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28559 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28560 resumed later.
28561
28562 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28563
28564 ;;;***
28565 \f
28566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21855 577
28567 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
28568 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28569
28570 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28571
28572
28573 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28574
28575 ;;;***
28576 \f
28577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21670
28578 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28579 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28580 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28581 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28582 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28583
28584 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28585 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28586 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28587 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28588 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28589 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28590 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28591
28592 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28593
28594 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28595 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28596 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28597 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28598
28599 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28600
28601 \(fn)" t nil)
28602
28603 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28604 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28605 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28606 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28607 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28608 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28609 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28610
28611 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28612 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28613
28614 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28615 \\___/\\
28616 / \\
28617 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28618
28619 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28620
28621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28622
28623 ;;;***
28624 \f
28625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21855 577 527945
28626 ;;;;;; 248000))
28627 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28628
28629 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28630 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28631 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28634 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28635
28636 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28637
28638 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28639 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28640 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28641
28642 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28643 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28644 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28645 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28646 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28647 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28648 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28649
28650 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28651 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28652
28653 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28654 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28655 reset the keystroke counter.
28656
28657 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28658 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28659 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28660 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28661
28662 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28663 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28664 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28665 `type-break-schedule' command.
28666
28667 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28668 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28669 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28670 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28671 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28672 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28673 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28674 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28675 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28676
28677 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28678 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28679 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28680 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28681 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28682
28683 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28684 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28685 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28686 approximate good values for this.
28687
28688 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28689 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28690
28691 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28692 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28693 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28694 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28695 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28696 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28697
28698 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28699 a typing break occur. They include:
28700
28701 `type-break-query-mode'
28702 `type-break-query-function'
28703 `type-break-query-interval'
28704
28705 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28706
28707 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28708 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28709 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28710 problems.
28711
28712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28713
28714 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28715 Take a typing break.
28716
28717 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28718 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28719
28720 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28721 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28722
28723 \(fn)" t nil)
28724
28725 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28726 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28727 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28728 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28729
28730 \(fn)" t nil)
28731
28732 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28733 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28734
28735 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28736 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28737 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28738 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28739 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28740 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28741 average typing speed.)
28742
28743 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28744 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28745 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28746 the computed maximum threshold.
28747
28748 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28749 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28750 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28751 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28752 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28753
28754 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28755
28756 ;;;***
28757 \f
28758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28759 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28760
28761 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28762 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28763 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28764 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28765 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28766
28767 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28768
28769 ;;;***
28770 \f
28771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28772 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28774
28775 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28776 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28777
28778 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28779
28780 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28781 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28782
28783 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28784
28785 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28786 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28787
28788 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28789
28790 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28791 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28792
28793 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28794
28795 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28796 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28797
28798 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28799
28800 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28801 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28802
28803 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28804
28805 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28806 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28807
28808 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28809
28810 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28811 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28812
28813 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28814
28815 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28816 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28817
28818 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28819
28820 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28821 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28822
28823 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28824
28825 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28826 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28827
28828 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28829
28830 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28831 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28832
28833 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28834
28835 ;;;***
28836 \f
28837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21670
28838 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28839 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28840
28841 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28842 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28843 Works by overstriking underscores.
28844 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28845 which specify the range to operate on.
28846
28847 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28848
28849 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28850 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28851 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28852 which specify the range to operate on.
28853
28854 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28855
28856 ;;;***
28857 \f
28858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21670 32331 385639
28859 ;;;;;; 720000))
28860 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28861
28862 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28863 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28864 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28865 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28866 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28867 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28868
28869 \(fn)" nil nil)
28870
28871 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28872 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28873 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28874
28875 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28876
28877 ;;;***
28878 \f
28879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21670 32330
28880 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28882
28883 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28884 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28885 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28886 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28887
28888 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28889
28890 ;;;***
28891 \f
28892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28893 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28894
28895 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28896 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28897 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28898 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28899 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28900
28901 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28902 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28903 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28904 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28905 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28906 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28907
28908 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28909 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28910 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28911
28912 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28913 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28914 the callback is not called).
28915
28916 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28917 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28918 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28919 take effect.
28920
28921 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28922 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28923 the server.
28924 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28925 URL-encoded before it's used.
28926
28927 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28928
28929 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28930 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28931 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28932 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28933 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28934
28935 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28936
28937 ;;;***
28938 \f
28939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21670 32331 885635
28940 ;;;;;; 586000))
28941 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28942
28943 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28944 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28945 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28946
28947 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28948 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28949 `url-generic-parse-url'
28950 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28951 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28952 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28953 realm
28954 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28955 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28956 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28957 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28958 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28959 what type of auth to use
28960 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28961 if one cannot be found in the cache
28962
28963 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28964
28965 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28966 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28967
28968 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28969 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28970 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28971 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28972 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28973 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28974 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28975 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28976
28977 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28978
28979 ;;;***
28980 \f
28981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21670 32331
28982 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
28983 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28984
28985 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28986 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28987
28988 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28989
28990 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28991 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28992 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28993
28994 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28995
28996 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28997 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28998
28999 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29000
29001 ;;;***
29002 \f
29003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21670 32331 885635
29004 ;;;;;; 586000))
29005 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29006
29007 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29008
29009
29010 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29011
29012 ;;;***
29013 \f
29014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21696 56380 925320
29015 ;;;;;; 624000))
29016 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29017
29018 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29019 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29020 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29021
29022 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29023
29024 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29025 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29026 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29027 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29028
29029 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29030 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29031 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29032 though.
29033
29034 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29035
29036 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29037 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29038 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29039
29040 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29041
29042 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29043
29044
29045 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29046
29047 ;;;***
29048 \f
29049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21670 32331 885635
29050 ;;;;;; 586000))
29051 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29052
29053 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29054 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29055
29056 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29057
29058 ;;;***
29059 \f
29060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21670 32331 885635
29061 ;;;;;; 586000))
29062 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29063
29064 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29065 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29066
29067 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29068
29069 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29070 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29071 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29072 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29073 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29074
29075 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29076 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29077
29078 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29079
29080 ;;;***
29081 \f
29082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21841
29083 ;;;;;; 54062 172628 227000))
29084 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29085
29086 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29087 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29088 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29090 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29091 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29092
29093 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29094
29095 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29096 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29098 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29099 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29100
29101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29102
29103 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29104 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29105 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29106 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29107
29108 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29109
29110 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29111 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29112 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29113 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29114 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29115 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29116 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29117 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29118 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29119 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29120
29121 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29122
29123 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29124 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29125 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29126 accessible.
29127
29128 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29129
29130 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29131
29132
29133 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29134
29135 ;;;***
29136 \f
29137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21837 20526 641128
29138 ;;;;;; 711000))
29139 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29140 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29141
29142 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29143 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29144 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29145 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29146 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29147
29148 ;;;***
29149 \f
29150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29151 ;;;;;; 586000))
29152 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29153
29154 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29155
29156
29157 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29158
29159 ;;;***
29160 \f
29161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21670 32331 885635
29162 ;;;;;; 586000))
29163 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29164
29165 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29166 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29167 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29168 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29169 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29170
29171 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29172
29173 ;;;***
29174 \f
29175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21670 32331
29176 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29177 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29178
29179 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29180
29181
29182 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29183
29184 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29185 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29186
29187 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29188
29189 ;;;***
29190 \f
29191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29192 ;;;;;; 586000))
29193 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29194
29195 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29196 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29197
29198 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29199
29200 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29201 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29202
29203 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29204
29205 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29206
29207
29208 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29209
29210 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29211
29212 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29213
29214 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29215
29216 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29217 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29218
29219 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29220
29221 ;;;***
29222 \f
29223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21670 32331 885635
29224 ;;;;;; 586000))
29225 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29226
29227 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29228
29229
29230 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29231
29232 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29233
29234
29235 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29236
29237 ;;;***
29238 \f
29239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21670 32331 885635
29240 ;;;;;; 586000))
29241 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29242
29243 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29244
29245
29246 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29247
29248 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29249
29250
29251 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29252
29253 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29254
29255
29256 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29257
29258 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29259
29260
29261 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29262
29263 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29264
29265
29266 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29267
29268 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29269
29270
29271 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29272
29273 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29274
29275
29276 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29277
29278 ;;;***
29279 \f
29280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21670 32331
29281 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29282 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29283
29284 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29285 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29286
29287 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29288
29289 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29290 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29291 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29292
29293 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29294 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29295 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29296 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29297 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29298 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29299 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29300 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29301 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29302 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29303 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29304 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29305 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29306 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29307
29308 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29309 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29310 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29311
29312 Here is an example. The URL
29313
29314 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29315
29316 parses to
29317
29318 TYPE = \"foo\"
29319 USER = \"bob\"
29320 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29321 HOST = \"example.com\"
29322 PORTSPEC = 42
29323 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29324 TARGET = \"nose\"
29325 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29326 FULLNESS = t
29327
29328 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29329
29330 ;;;***
29331 \f
29332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21670 32331
29333 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29334 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29335
29336 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29337 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29338
29339 \(fn)" t nil)
29340
29341 ;;;***
29342 \f
29343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21670 32331
29344 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29345 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29346
29347 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29348 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29349 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29350 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29351 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29352 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29353
29354 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29355
29356 ;;;***
29357 \f
29358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21670 32331
29359 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29360 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29361
29362 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29363 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29364 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29365
29366 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29367
29368 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29369 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29370 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29371 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29372
29373 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29374
29375 ;;;***
29376 \f
29377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21670 32331 885635
29378 ;;;;;; 586000))
29379 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29380
29381 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29382 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29383 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29384
29385 If t, all messages will be logged.
29386 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29387 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29388
29389 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29390
29391 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29392
29393
29394 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29395
29396 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29397
29398
29399 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29400
29401 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29402 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29403 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29404 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29405 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29406 & ==> &amp;
29407 < ==> &lt;
29408 > ==> &gt;
29409 \" ==> &quot;
29410
29411 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29412
29413 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29414 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29415 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29416
29417 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29418
29419 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29420 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29421 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29422
29423 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29424
29425 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29426 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29427
29428 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29429
29430 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29431 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29432
29433 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29434
29435 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29436 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29437
29438 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29439
29440 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29441
29442
29443 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29444
29445 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29446
29447
29448 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29449
29450 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29451
29452 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29453 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29454
29455 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29456
29457 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29458 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29459
29460 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29461
29462 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29463
29464
29465 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29466
29467 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29468 Build a query-string.
29469
29470 Given a QUERY in the form:
29471 '((key1 val1)
29472 (key2 val2)
29473 (key3 val1 val2)
29474 (key4)
29475 (key5 \"\"))
29476
29477 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29478
29479 This will return a string
29480 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29481 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29482 be used.
29483
29484 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29485
29486 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29487 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29488
29489 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29490
29491 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29492 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29493 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29494 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29495 forbidden in URL encoding.
29496
29497 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29498
29499 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29500 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29501 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29502 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29503 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29504 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29505
29506 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29507 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29508 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29509 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29510
29511 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29512
29513 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29514 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29515 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29516 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29517 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29518 should return it unchanged.
29519
29520 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29521
29522 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29523 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29524 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29525 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29526
29527 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29528
29529 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29530 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29531 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29532
29533 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29534
29535 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29536 View the current document's URL.
29537 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29538 the minibuffer.
29539
29540 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29541
29542 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29543
29544 ;;;***
29545 \f
29546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21670 32331 885635
29547 ;;;;;; 586000))
29548 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29549
29550 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29551 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29552 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29553 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29554 to refrain from editing the file
29555 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29556 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29557 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29558 in any way you like.
29559
29560 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29561
29562 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29563 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29564 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29565 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29566 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29567
29568 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29569 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29570
29571 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29572
29573 ;;;***
29574 \f
29575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21670 32331
29576 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29577 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29578
29579 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29580
29581
29582 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29583
29584 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29585
29586
29587 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29588
29589 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29590
29591
29592 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29593
29594 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29595
29596
29597 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29598
29599 ;;;***
29600 \f
29601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
29602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29603
29604 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29605 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29606
29607 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29608
29609 ;;;***
29610 \f
29611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21855 577 67944
29612 ;;;;;; 554000))
29613 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29614
29615 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29616 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29617 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29618 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29619
29620 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29621
29622 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29623 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29624 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29625
29626 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29627
29628 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29629 Uudecode region between START and END.
29630 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29631
29632 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29633
29634 ;;;***
29635 \f
29636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21923 36911 845418 539000))
29637 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29638
29639 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29640 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29641 See `run-hooks'.")
29642
29643 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29644
29645 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29646 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29647 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29648
29649 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29650
29651 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29652 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29653 See `run-hooks'.")
29654
29655 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29656
29657 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29658 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29659
29660 If FILE is already registered, return the
29661 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29662 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29663 responsible for FILE is returned.
29664
29665 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29666
29667 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29668 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29669 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29670 same state. If not, signal an error.
29671
29672 For merging-based version control systems:
29673 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29674 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29675 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29676 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29677 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29678 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29679
29680 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29681 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29682 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29683 the file(s) for editing.
29684 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29685 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29686 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29687 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29688 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29689
29690 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29691
29692 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29693 Register into a version control system.
29694 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29695 Otherwise register the current file.
29696 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29697
29698 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29699 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29700 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29701 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29702 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29703 first backend that could register the file is used.
29704
29705 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29706
29707 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29708 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29709
29710 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29711
29712 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29713 Display diffs between file revisions.
29714 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29715 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29716 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29717
29718 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29719 saving the buffer.
29720
29721 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29722
29723 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29724 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29725 repository history using ediff.
29726
29727 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29728
29729 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29730 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29731 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29732 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29733 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29734
29735 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29736 saving the buffer.
29737
29738 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29739
29740 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29741 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29742 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29743 fileset with the working revision.
29744 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29745 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29746
29747 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29748 saving the buffer.
29749
29750 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29751
29752 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29753 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29754 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29755
29756 \(fn)" nil nil)
29757
29758 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29759 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29760 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29761 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29762
29763 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29764
29765 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29766 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29767 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29768 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29769
29770 \(fn)" t nil)
29771
29772 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29773 Perform a version control merge operation.
29774 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29775 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29776 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29777 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29778
29779 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29780 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29781 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29782 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29783 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29784 changes from the current branch.
29785
29786 \(fn)" t nil)
29787
29788 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29789
29790 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29791 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29792 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29793 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29794 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29795 checked out in that new branch.
29796
29797 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29798
29799 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29800 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29801 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29802 named branch in the directory DIR.
29803 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29804 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29805 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29806 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29807 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29808 allowed and simply skipped).
29809
29810 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29811
29812 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29813 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29814 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29815 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29816 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29817
29818 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29819 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29820
29821 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29822
29823 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29824 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29825 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29826 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29827 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29828
29829 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29830
29831 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29832 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29833 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29834
29835 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29836
29837 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29838 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29839 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29840
29841 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29842
29843 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29844 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29845
29846 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29847
29848 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29849 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29850 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29851 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29852
29853 \(fn)" t nil)
29854
29855 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29856
29857 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29858 Update the current fileset or branch.
29859 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29860 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29861 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29862 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29863
29864 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29865 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29866 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29867 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29868 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29869
29870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29871
29872 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29873
29874 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
29875 Push the current branch.
29876 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29877 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
29878 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
29879 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt.
29880 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
29881
29882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29883
29884 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29885 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29886 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29887 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29888 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29889 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29890 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29891
29892 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29893
29894 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29895 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29896 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29897 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29898 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29899 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29900 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29901 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29902 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29903
29904 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29905
29906 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29907 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29908 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29909 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29910
29911 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29912
29913 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29914 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29915 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29916 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29917
29918 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29919
29920 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29921 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29922 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29923 directory.
29924
29925 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29926
29927 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29928 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29929 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29930
29931 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29932 log entries should be gathered.
29933
29934 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29935
29936 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29937 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29938
29939 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29940
29941 ;;;***
29942 \f
29943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21850 34915
29944 ;;;;;; 127238 802000))
29945 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29946
29947 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29948 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29949
29950 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29951 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29952 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29953 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29954 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29955 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29956
29957 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29958 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29959 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29960 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29961 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29962 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29963 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29964 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29965
29966 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29967
29968 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29969
29970 Customization variables:
29971
29972 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29973 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29974 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29975 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29976 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29977 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29978
29979 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29980
29981 ;;;***
29982 \f
29983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21852 24382 97237
29984 ;;;;;; 703000))
29985 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29986
29987 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29988 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29989
29990 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29991 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29992 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29993 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29994 (progn
29995 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29996 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29997
29998 ;;;***
29999 \f
30000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21826 49707 480493
30001 ;;;;;; 554000))
30002 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30003 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30004 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30005 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30006 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30007 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30008 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30009
30010 ;;;***
30011 \f
30012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21842 40083 319216
30013 ;;;;;; 272000))
30014 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30015
30016 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30017 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30018 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30019 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30020 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30021
30022 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30023 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30024 The file lines appear later.
30025
30026 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30027 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30028
30029 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30030
30031 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30032
30033 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30034
30035 ;;;***
30036 \f
30037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21862
30038 ;;;;;; 60209 928657 362000))
30039 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30040
30041 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30042 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30043 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30044 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30045 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30046 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30047 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30048 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30049 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30050 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30051 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30052 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30053 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30054 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30055 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30056
30057 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30058
30059 ;;;***
30060 \f
30061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21888 48854 948181
30062 ;;;;;; 796000))
30063 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30064 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30065 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30066 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30067 (progn
30068 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30069 (vc-git-registered file))))
30070
30071 ;;;***
30072 \f
30073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21932 51888 960440 344000))
30074 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30075 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30076 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30077 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30078 (progn
30079 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30080 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30081
30082 ;;;***
30083 \f
30084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21945 63921 477174
30085 ;;;;;; 555000))
30086 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30087
30088 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30089 Name of the monotone directory.")
30090
30091 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30092 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30093 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30094 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30095 (progn
30096 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30097 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30098
30099 ;;;***
30100 \f
30101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21896 48221 810207
30102 ;;;;;; 816000))
30103 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30104
30105 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30106 Where to look for RCS master files.
30107 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30108
30109 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30110
30111 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30112
30113 ;;;***
30114 \f
30115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21748 18111 534605
30116 ;;;;;; 274000))
30117 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30118
30119 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30120 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30121 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30122
30123 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30124
30125 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30126
30127 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30128 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30129 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30130 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30131
30132 ;;;***
30133 \f
30134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21748 18111 534605
30135 ;;;;;; 274000))
30136 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30137
30138 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30139 Where to look for SRC master files.
30140 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30141
30142 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30143
30144 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30145
30146 ;;;***
30147 \f
30148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21916 4736 891897
30149 ;;;;;; 451000))
30150 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30151 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30152 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30153 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30154 "_svn")
30155 (t ".svn"))))
30156 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30157 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30158 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30159
30160 ;;;***
30161 \f
30162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21670
30163 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
30164 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30165 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30166 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30167
30168 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30169 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30170
30171 Usage:
30172 ------
30173
30174 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30175 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30176 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30177 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30178
30179 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30180 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30181 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30182 completions.
30183
30184 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30185 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30186
30187 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30188 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30189
30190 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30191 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30192 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30193
30194 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30195
30196
30197 Maintenance:
30198 ------------
30199
30200 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30201 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30202
30203 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30204
30205 Official distribution is at
30206 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30207
30208
30209 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30210 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30211
30212 Key bindings:
30213 -------------
30214
30215 \\{vera-mode-map}
30216
30217 \(fn)" t nil)
30218
30219 ;;;***
30220 \f
30221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30222 ;;;;;; (21862 60209 898658 614000))
30223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30224
30225 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30226 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30227 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30228 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30229 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30230
30231 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30232
30233 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30234 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30235
30236 Supports highlighting.
30237
30238 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30239 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30240
30241 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30242
30243 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30244 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30245 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30246 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30247 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30248 on the left side of your screen.
30249 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30250 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30251 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30252 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30253 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30254 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30255 function keyword.
30256 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30257 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30258 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30259 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30260 if (a)
30261 begin
30262 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30263 Indentation for case statements.
30264 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30265 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30266 mark after an end.
30267 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30268 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30269 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30270 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30271 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30272 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30273 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30274 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30275 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30276 if (a)
30277 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30278 otherwise you get:
30279 if (a)
30280 begin
30281 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30282 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30283 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30284 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30285 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30286 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30287 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30288 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30289 comments in tight quarters.
30290 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30291 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30292
30293 Variables controlling other actions:
30294
30295 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30296 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30297 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30298
30299 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30300
30301 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30302
30303 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30304 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30305 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30306
30307 Some other functions are:
30308
30309 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30310 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30311 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30312 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30313 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30314
30315 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30316 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30317 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30318 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30319
30320 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30321 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30322 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30323 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30324 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30325 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30326 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30327 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30328 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30329 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30330 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30331 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30332 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30333 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30334 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30335 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30336 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30337 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30338 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30339 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30340 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30341 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30342 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30343 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30344 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30345 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30346 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30347 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30348 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30349 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30350 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30351
30352 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30353 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30354
30355 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30356
30357 \(fn)" t nil)
30358
30359 ;;;***
30360 \f
30361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21948
30362 ;;;;;; 40114 482686 453000))
30363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30364
30365 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30366 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30367
30368 Usage:
30369 ------
30370
30371 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30372 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30373 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30374 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30375 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30376 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30377 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30378 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30379 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30380
30381 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30382 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30383 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30384 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30385
30386 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30387 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30388 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30389 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30390 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30391
30392 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30393 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30394
30395
30396 HEADER INSERTION:
30397 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30398 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30399 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30400
30401
30402 STUTTERING:
30403 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30404 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30405 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30406 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30407
30408 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30409 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30410 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30411 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30412 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30413
30414
30415 WORD COMPLETION:
30416 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30417 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30418 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30419 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30420
30421 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30422 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30423 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30424 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30425 beginning with \"std\").
30426
30427 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30428 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30429 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30430 stop.
30431
30432
30433 COMMENTS:
30434 `--' puts a single comment.
30435 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30436 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30437 with a comment in between.
30438 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30439 out following lines.
30440 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30441 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30442 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30443 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30444
30445 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30446 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30447 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30448 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30449 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30450 non-nil.
30451
30452 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30453 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30454 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30455 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30456 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30457 multi-line comments.
30458
30459
30460 INDENTATION:
30461 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30462 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30463 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30464 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30465 the entire region.
30466
30467 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30468 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30469 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30470 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30471
30472 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30473 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30474 and vice versa.
30475
30476 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30477 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30478
30479 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30480 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30481 line.
30482
30483
30484 ALIGNMENT:
30485 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30486 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30487 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30488 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30489 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30490 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30491 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30492 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30493
30494 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30495 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30496 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30497 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30498 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30499 is non-nil.
30500
30501 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30502 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30503 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30504
30505 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30506 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30507
30508
30509 CODE FILLING:
30510 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30511 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30512 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30513 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30514 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30515 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30516
30517
30518 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30519 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30520 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30521 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30522 command:
30523
30524 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30525
30526
30527 PORT TRANSLATION:
30528 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30529 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30530 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30531 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30532 internal signal initializations (menu).
30533
30534 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30535 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30536 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30537
30538 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30539 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30540 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30541 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30542 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30543 in subsequent paste operations.)
30544
30545 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30546 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30547 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30548
30549
30550 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30551 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30552 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30553 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30554 association list with formals).
30555
30556
30557 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30558 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30559 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30560 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30561 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30562 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30563 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30564 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30565 `vhdl-testbench'.
30566
30567
30568 KEY BINDINGS:
30569 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30570
30571
30572 VHDL MENU:
30573 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30574
30575
30576 FILE BROWSER:
30577 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30578 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30579 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30580
30581 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30582 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30583
30584
30585 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30586 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30587 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30588 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30589
30590 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30591 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30592 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30593
30594 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30595 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30596 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30597 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30598
30599 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30600 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30601 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30602 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30603 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30604
30605 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30606 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30607 required by secondary units.
30608
30609
30610 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30611 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30612 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30613 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30614 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30615 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30616 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30617 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30618 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30619 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30620 inputs to this component -> input port created
30621 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30622 outputs from this component -> output port created
30623 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30624 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30625
30626 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30627 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30628 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30629 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30630 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30631
30632 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30633 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30634
30635 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30636 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30637 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30638 component instantiation is also supported (option
30639 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30640
30641 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30642 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30643 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30644 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30645 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30646 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30647 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30648 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30649 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30650 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30651 generating the configuration.
30652
30653 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30654 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30655 configurations in speedbar.
30656
30657 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30658
30659
30660 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30661 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30662 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30663 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30664 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30665 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30666 information. New compilers can be added.
30667
30668 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30669 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30670
30671
30672 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30673 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30674 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30675 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30676 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30677
30678 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30679 command:
30680
30681 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30682 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30683 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30684
30685 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30686 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30687 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30688 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30689 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30690 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30691 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30692 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30693 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30694
30695 Limitations:
30696 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30697 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30698 not (yet) supported.
30699 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30700 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30701 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30702
30703
30704 PROJECTS:
30705 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30706 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30707 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30708 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30709 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30710 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30711 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30712 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30713
30714 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30715 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30716 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30717 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30718 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30719 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30720 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30721 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30722 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30723 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30724 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30725
30726
30727 SPECIAL MENUES:
30728 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30729 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30730 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30731 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30732 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30733 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30734 current directory for VHDL source files.
30735
30736
30737 VHDL STANDARDS:
30738 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30739 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30740
30741
30742 KEYWORD CASE:
30743 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30744 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30745 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30746 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30747 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30748 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30749 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30750 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30751
30752
30753 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30754 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30755 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30756 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30757 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30758 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30759 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30760
30761 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30762 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30763 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30764 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30765 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30766 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30767
30768 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30769 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30770 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30771 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30772 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30773 visually.
30774
30775 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30776 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30777 highlighted if written in lower case.
30778
30779 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30780 highlighted using a different background color if option
30781 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30782
30783 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30784 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30785 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30786 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30787 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30788
30789
30790 USER MODELS:
30791 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30792 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30793 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30794
30795
30796 HIDE/SHOW:
30797 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30798 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30799 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30800 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30801 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30802
30803
30804 CODE UPDATING:
30805 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30806 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30807 Limitations:
30808 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30809 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30810 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30811 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30812 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30813 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30814 (used to obtain the port names).
30815 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30816 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30817 sensitivity lists.
30818
30819
30820 CODE FIXING:
30821 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30822 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30823
30824
30825 PRINTING:
30826 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30827 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30828 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30829 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30830 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30831 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30832 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30833 printers.
30834
30835
30836 OPTIONS:
30837 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30838 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30839 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30840 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30841 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30842
30843 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30844 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30845 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30846 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30847 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30848 INSTALL file).
30849
30850 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30851 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30852
30853
30854 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30855 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30856 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30857 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30858
30859 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30860
30861
30862 HINTS:
30863 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30864 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30865
30866 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30867
30868 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30869
30870 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30871
30872
30873 RELEASE NOTES:
30874 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30875
30876
30877 Maintenance:
30878 ------------
30879
30880 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30881 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30882
30883 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30884
30885 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30886 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30887 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30888 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30889
30890 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30891 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30892 where the latest version can be found.
30893
30894
30895 Known problems:
30896 ---------------
30897
30898 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30899 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30900 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30901 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30902
30903
30904 The VHDL Mode Authors
30905 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30906
30907 Key bindings:
30908 -------------
30909
30910 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30911
30912 \(fn)" t nil)
30913
30914 ;;;***
30915 \f
30916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21670
30917 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
30918 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30919
30920 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30921 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30922
30923 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30924
30925 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30926 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30927 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30928 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30929
30930 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30931
30932 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30933 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30934
30935 \(fn)" t nil)
30936
30937 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30938 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30939 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30940 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30941
30942 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30943
30944 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30945 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30946
30947 \(fn)" t nil)
30948
30949 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30950
30951
30952 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30953
30954 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30955
30956
30957 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30958
30959 ;;;***
30960 \f
30961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
30962 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30963
30964 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30965 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30966 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30967
30968 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30969
30970 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30971 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30972 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30973 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30974
30975 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30976
30977 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30978 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30979
30980 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30981
30982 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30983 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30984 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30985 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30986 moving around in the buffer.
30987 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30988 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30989
30990 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30991
30992 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30993
30994 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30995 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30996 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30997 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30998
30999 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31000 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31001 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31002 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31003 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31004
31005 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31006
31007 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31008
31009 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31010 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31011 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31012 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31013 buffer.
31014
31015 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31016 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31017 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31018 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31019 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31020
31021 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31022
31023 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31024
31025 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31026 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31027 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31028 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31029 moving around in the buffer.
31030 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31031 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31032
31033 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31034
31035 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31036 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31037 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31038
31039 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31040 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31041 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31042 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31043
31044 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31045 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31046 own View-like bindings.
31047
31048 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31049
31050 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31051 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31052 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31053 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31054 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31055 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31056 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31057
31058 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31059
31060 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31061
31062 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31063 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31064 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31065
31066 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31067 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31068 own View-like bindings.
31069
31070 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31071
31072 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31073 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31074 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31075 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31076 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31077 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31078 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31079
31080 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31081
31082 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31083
31084 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31085 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31086 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31087
31088 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31089 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31090 own View-like bindings.
31091
31092 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31093
31094 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31095 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31096 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31097 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31098 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31099
31100 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31101 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31102 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31103 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31104
31105 \\<view-mode-map>
31106
31107 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31108 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31109 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31110 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31111 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31112 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31113 to a repeat count of one.
31114
31115 H, h, ? This message.
31116 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31117 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31118 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31119 > move to the end of buffer.
31120 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31121 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31122 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31123 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31124 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31125 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31126 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31127 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31128 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31129 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31130 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31131 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31132 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31133 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31134 Use this to view a changing file.
31135 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31136 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31137 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31138 . set the mark.
31139 x exchanges point and mark.
31140 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31141 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31142 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31143 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31144 ' go to position saved in character register.
31145 s do forward incremental search.
31146 r do reverse incremental search.
31147 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31148 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31149 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31150 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31151 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31152 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31153 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31154 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31155 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31156 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31157 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31158 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31159 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31160 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31161 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31162 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31163 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31164
31165 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31166 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31167 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31168 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31169 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31170 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31171 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31172 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31173 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31174
31175 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31176
31177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31178
31179 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31180 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31181 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31182 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31183 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31184 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31185 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31186 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31187 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31188
31189 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31190
31191 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31192
31193 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31194 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31195 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31196 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31197 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31198 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31199
31200 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31201 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31202 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31203
31204 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31205
31206 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31207
31208 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31209
31210 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31211 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31212
31213 \(fn)" t nil)
31214
31215 ;;;***
31216 \f
31217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21670 32330 885624
31218 ;;;;;; 725000))
31219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31220 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31221
31222 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31223 Toggle Viper on/off.
31224 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31225
31226 \(fn)" t nil)
31227
31228 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31229 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31230
31231 \(fn)" t nil)
31232
31233 ;;;***
31234 \f
31235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21884
31236 ;;;;;; 813 562651 696000))
31237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31238
31239 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31240 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31241 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31242 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31243 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31244 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31245 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31246 the beginning of the warning.")
31247
31248 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31249 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31250 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31251 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31252 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31253 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31254 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31255 also call that function before the next warning.")
31256
31257 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31258 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31259
31260 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31261 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31262 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31263 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31264
31265 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31266 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31267 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31268 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31269 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31270 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31271
31272 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31273 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31274 Default is :warning.
31275
31276 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31277 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31278 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31279 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31280 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31281 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31282
31283 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31284 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31285 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31286
31287 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31288
31289 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31290 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31291
31292 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31293
31294 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31295 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31296 \\<special-mode-map>
31297 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31298 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31299
31300 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31301 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31302 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31303 can be whatever you like.)
31304
31305 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31306 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31307
31308 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31309 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31310 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31311 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31312 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31313
31314 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31315
31316 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31317 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31318 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31319 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31320 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31321
31322 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31323
31324 ;;;***
31325 \f
31326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31327 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31328 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31329
31330 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31331 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31332 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31333 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31334 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31335 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31336 directories to reflect your edits.
31337
31338 See `wdired-mode'.
31339
31340 \(fn)" t nil)
31341
31342 ;;;***
31343 \f
31344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21670 32331 385639
31345 ;;;;;; 720000))
31346 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31347
31348 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31349 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31350
31351 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31352 hotlist.
31353
31354 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31355 <nwv@acm.org>.
31356
31357 \(fn)" t nil)
31358
31359 ;;;***
31360 \f
31361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21670
31362 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
31363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31364 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31365 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31366
31367 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31368
31369 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31370 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31371 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31373 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31374 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31375
31376 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31377
31378 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31379 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31380 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31381 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31382 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31383
31384 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31385 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31386 in certain major modes.
31387
31388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31389
31390 ;;;***
31391 \f
31392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21918 18992 845579
31393 ;;;;;; 660000))
31394 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31395 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31396
31397 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31398 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31399 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31400 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31401 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31402
31403 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31404 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31405
31406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31407
31408 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31409 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31410 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31411 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31412 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31413
31414 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31415 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31416 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31417 use `whitespace-mode'.
31418
31419 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31420
31421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31422
31423 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31424 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31425 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31426 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31427 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31428 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31429
31430 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31431
31432 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31433 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31434 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31435 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31436 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31437
31438 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31439 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31440
31441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31442
31443 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31444 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31445 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31446 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31447 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31448 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31449
31450 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31451
31452 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31453 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31454 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31455 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31456 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31457
31458 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31459 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31460 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31461 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31462
31463 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31464
31465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31466
31467 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31468 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31469
31470 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31471 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31472
31473 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31474 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31475
31476 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31477
31478 CHAR MEANING
31479 (VIA FACES)
31480 f toggle face visualization
31481 t toggle TAB visualization
31482 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31483 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31484 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31485 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31486 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31487 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31488 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31489 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31490 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31491 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31492 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31493 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31494 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31495 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31496 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31497 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31498
31499 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31500 T toggle TAB visualization
31501 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31502 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31503
31504 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31505 ? display brief help
31506
31507 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31508 The valid symbols are:
31509
31510 face toggle face visualization
31511 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31512 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31513 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31514 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31515 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31516 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31517 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31518 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31519 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31520 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31521 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31522 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31523 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31524 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31525 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31526 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31527 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31528
31529 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31530 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31531 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31532
31533 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31534
31535 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31536
31537 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31538
31539 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31540 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31541
31542 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31543 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31544
31545 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31546 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31547
31548 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31549
31550 CHAR MEANING
31551 (VIA FACES)
31552 f toggle face visualization
31553 t toggle TAB visualization
31554 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31555 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31556 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31557 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31558 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31559 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31560 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31561 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31562 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31563 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31564 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31565 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31566 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31567 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31568 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31569 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31570
31571 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31572 T toggle TAB visualization
31573 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31574 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31575
31576 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31577 ? display brief help
31578
31579 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31580 The valid symbols are:
31581
31582 face toggle face visualization
31583 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31584 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31585 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31586 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31587 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31588 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31589 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31590 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31591 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31592 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31593 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31594 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31595 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31596 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31597 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31598 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31599 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31600
31601 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31602 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31603 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31604
31605 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31606
31607 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31608
31609 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31610
31611 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31612 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31613
31614 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31615 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31616 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31617 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31618 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31619
31620 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31621
31622 The problems cleaned up are:
31623
31624 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31625 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31626 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31627 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31628
31629 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31630 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31631 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31632 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31633 SPACEs.
31634 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31635 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31636 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31637 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31638
31639 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31640 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31641 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31642 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31643 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31644 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31645 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31646 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31647
31648 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31649 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31650 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31651
31652 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31653 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31654 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31655 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31656 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31657 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31658 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31659 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31660
31661 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31662 documentation.
31663
31664 \(fn)" t nil)
31665
31666 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31667 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31668
31669 The problems cleaned up are:
31670
31671 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31672 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31673 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31674 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31675 SPACEs.
31676 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31677 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31678 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31679 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31680
31681 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31682 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31683 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31684 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31685 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31686 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31687 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31688 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31689
31690 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31691 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31692 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31693
31694 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31695 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31696 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31697 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31698 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31699 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31700 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31701 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31702
31703 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31704 documentation.
31705
31706 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31707
31708 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31709 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31710
31711 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31712
31713 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31714
31715 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31716 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31717
31718 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31719 non-nil.
31720
31721 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31722 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31723 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31724
31725 empty
31726 trailing
31727 indentation
31728 space-before-tab
31729 space-after-tab
31730
31731 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31732 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31733 report problems.
31734
31735 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31736
31737 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31738 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31739 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31740 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31741 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31742 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31743 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31744
31745 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31746 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31747 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31748 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31749 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31750 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31751 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31752
31753 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31754 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31755 cleaning up these problems.
31756
31757 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31758
31759 ;;;***
31760 \f
31761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31762 ;;;;;; 586000))
31763 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31764
31765 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31766 Browse the widget under point.
31767
31768 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31769
31770 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31771 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31772
31773 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31774
31775 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31776 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31777
31778 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31779
31780 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31781 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31782 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31783 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31784 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31785
31786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31787
31788 ;;;***
31789 \f
31790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21891 60465 939679
31791 ;;;;;; 523000))
31792 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31793
31794 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31795 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31796
31797 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31798
31799 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31800 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31801 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31802
31803 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31804
31805 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31806 Create widget of TYPE.
31807 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31808
31809 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31810
31811 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31812 Delete WIDGET.
31813
31814 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31815
31816 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31817 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31818
31819 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31820
31821 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31822 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31823 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31824 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31825
31826 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31827 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31828
31829 \(fn)" nil nil)
31830
31831 ;;;***
31832 \f
31833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21852 24382 97237
31834 ;;;;;; 703000))
31835 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31836
31837 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31838 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31839 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31840 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31841 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31842 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31843 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31844
31845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31846
31847 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31848 Select the window above the current one.
31849 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31850 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31851 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31852 negative ARG) of the current window.
31853 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31854
31855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31856
31857 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31858 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31859 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31860 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31861 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31862 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31863 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31864
31865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31866
31867 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31868 Select the window below the current one.
31869 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31870 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31871 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31872 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31873 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31874
31875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31876
31877 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31878 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31879 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31880 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31881
31882 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31883
31884 ;;;***
31885 \f
31886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21733 50750 334730 5000))
31887 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31888
31889 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31890 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31891 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31892 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31893 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31894 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31895
31896 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31897
31898 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31899 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31900 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31901 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31902 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31903 \\{winner-mode-map}
31904
31905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31906
31907 ;;;***
31908 \f
31909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21855 577 547944 710000))
31910 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31911 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31912
31913 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31914 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31915 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31916 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31917 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31918
31919 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31920
31921 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31922 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31923 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31924 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31925 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31926 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31927 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31928 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31929
31930 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31931 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31932
31933 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31934
31935 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31936 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31937
31938 \(fn)" t nil)
31939
31940 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31941 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31942 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31943 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31944 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31945 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31946 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31947 `woman' command for further details.
31948
31949 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31950
31951 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31952 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31953
31954 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31955
31956 ;;;***
31957 \f
31958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31959 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31960
31961 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31962 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31963 Return the top node with all its children.
31964 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31965
31966 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31967 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31968 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31969
31970 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31971
31972 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31973 namespace to URIs instead.
31974
31975 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31976 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31977
31978 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31979
31980 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31981
31982 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31983
31984 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31985 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31986 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31987 not contain well-formed XML.
31988
31989 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31990 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31991 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31992 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31993 element of the list.
31994 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31995 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31996 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31997
31998 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31999
32000 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32001 namespace to URIs instead.
32002
32003 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32004 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32005
32006 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32007
32008 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32009
32010 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32011
32012 ;;;***
32013 \f
32014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21670 32331 385639
32015 ;;;;;; 720000))
32016 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32017
32018 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32019 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32020 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32021 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32022 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32023 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32024 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32025 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32026 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32027 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32028
32029 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32030
32031 ;;;***
32032 \f
32033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21947 19252 629252
32034 ;;;;;; 749000))
32035 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32036
32037 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32038 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32039
32040 \(fn)" t nil)
32041
32042 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32043 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32044
32045 \(fn)" nil nil)
32046
32047 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32048 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32049 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32050 prompt for it.
32051
32052 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32053
32054 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32055 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32056
32057 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32058
32059 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32060 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32061
32062 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32063
32064 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32065 Find references to the identifier at point.
32066 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32067
32068 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32069
32070 (autoload 'xref-find-regexp "xref" "\
32071 Find all matches for REGEXP.
32072 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
32073 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
32074
32075 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32076
32077 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32078 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32079 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32080
32081 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32082 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32083 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32084 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32085 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32086 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32087 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32088
32089 ;;;***
32090 \f
32091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21852 24382 117243
32092 ;;;;;; 951000))
32093 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32094
32095 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32096 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32097 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32099 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32100 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32101
32102 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32103
32104 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32105 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32106 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32107 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32108 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32109
32110 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32111 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32112 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32113 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32114 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32115 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32116
32117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32118
32119 ;;;***
32120 \f
32121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32123
32124 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32125 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32126
32127 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32128
32129 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32130 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32131
32132 \(fn)" nil nil)
32133
32134 ;;;***
32135 \f
32136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32137 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32138
32139 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32140 Zone out, completely.
32141
32142 \(fn)" t nil)
32143
32144 ;;;***
32145 \f
32146 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/fontset.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (21948 40114 418686 453000))
32361
32362 ;;;***
32363 \f
32364 (provide 'loaddefs)
32365 ;; Local Variables:
32366 ;; version-control: never
32367 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32368 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32369 ;; coding: utf-8
32370 ;; End:
32371 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here